WO1999025378A9 - Immunoglobulin molecules having a synthetic variable region and modified specificity - Google Patents

Immunoglobulin molecules having a synthetic variable region and modified specificity

Info

Publication number
WO1999025378A9
WO1999025378A9 PCT/US1998/024302 US9824302W WO9925378A9 WO 1999025378 A9 WO1999025378 A9 WO 1999025378A9 US 9824302 W US9824302 W US 9824302W WO 9925378 A9 WO9925378 A9 WO 9925378A9
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
modified immunoglobulin
receptor
antigen
cdr
immunoglobulin
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US1998/024302
Other languages
French (fr)
Other versions
WO1999025378A1 (en
Inventor
Ronald M Burch
Original Assignee
Euro Celtique Sa
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Euro Celtique Sa filed Critical Euro Celtique Sa
Priority to JP2000520811A priority Critical patent/JP2001526021A/en
Priority to EP98958583A priority patent/EP1032420A4/en
Priority to BR9815289-0A priority patent/BR9815289A/en
Priority to KR1020007005264A priority patent/KR20010015818A/en
Priority to CA002310269A priority patent/CA2310269A1/en
Priority to IL13611498A priority patent/IL136114A0/en
Priority to AU14597/99A priority patent/AU763029B2/en
Publication of WO1999025378A1 publication Critical patent/WO1999025378A1/en
Publication of WO1999025378A9 publication Critical patent/WO1999025378A9/en
Priority to AU2003252902A priority patent/AU2003252902A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K16/00Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
    • C07K16/42Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against immunoglobulins
    • C07K16/4208Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against immunoglobulins against an idiotypic determinant on Ig
    • C07K16/4241Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against immunoglobulins against an idiotypic determinant on Ig against anti-human or anti-animal Ig
    • C07K16/4258Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against immunoglobulins against an idiotypic determinant on Ig against anti-human or anti-animal Ig against anti-receptor Ig
    • C07K16/4266Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against immunoglobulins against an idiotypic determinant on Ig against anti-human or anti-animal Ig against anti-receptor Ig against anti-tumor receptor Ig
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K39/00Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
    • A61K39/395Antibodies; Immunoglobulins; Immune serum, e.g. antilymphocytic serum
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/04Antibacterial agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/12Antivirals
    • A61P31/14Antivirals for RNA viruses
    • A61P31/18Antivirals for RNA viruses for HIV
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00Antineoplastic agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/02Immunomodulators
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K16/00Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K16/00Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
    • C07K16/18Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans
    • C07K16/28Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants
    • C07K16/30Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants from tumour cells
    • C07K16/3046Stomach, Intestines
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K7/00Peptides having 5 to 20 amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K7/04Linear peptides containing only normal peptide links
    • C07K7/18Kallidins; Bradykinins; Related peptides
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K39/00Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
    • A61K2039/505Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies comprising antibodies
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K38/00Medicinal preparations containing peptides
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K39/00Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/50Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by immunoglobulin fragments
    • C07K2317/56Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by immunoglobulin fragments variable (Fv) region, i.e. VH and/or VL
    • C07K2317/565Complementarity determining region [CDR]
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K2318/00Antibody mimetics or scaffolds
    • C07K2318/10Immunoglobulin or domain(s) thereof as scaffolds for inserted non-Ig peptide sequences, e.g. for vaccination purposes
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K2319/00Fusion polypeptide
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02ATECHNOLOGIES FOR ADAPTATION TO CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02A50/00TECHNOLOGIES FOR ADAPTATION TO CLIMATE CHANGE in human health protection, e.g. against extreme weather
    • Y02A50/30Against vector-borne diseases, e.g. mosquito-borne, fly-borne, tick-borne or waterborne diseases whose impact is exacerbated by climate change

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to modified immunoglobulin molecules, particularly antibodies, that bind one member of a binding pair and have at least one complementarity determining region (CDR) that contains the amino acid sequence of a binding site for that member of the binding pair, which binding site is derived from the other member of the binding pair.
  • CDR complementarity determining region
  • the invention also relates to methods for treating, diagnosing, or screening for 5 diseases and disorders associated with the expression of the member of the binding pair, particularly, cancer or infectious diseases, using the modified antibodies of the invention.
  • the present invention also relates to pharmaceutical compositions and diagnostic kits containing the modified antibodies of the invention.
  • Antibodies are proteins that belong to the immunoglobulin superfamily.
  • the immunoglobulin superfamily includes T cell receptors, B cell receptors, cell-surface adhesion molecules such as the co-receptors CD4, CD8, CD 19, and the invariant domains of 5 the MHC molecules.
  • antibodies are glycoproteins produced by mature B cells which are also called plasma cells.
  • Antibodies are secreted into the blood and other extracellular fluids to circulate throughout the body in all animals and humans in response to foreign antigens.
  • Antibodies have two principal functions. The first is to recognize or bind to foreign 0 antigens. The second is to mobilize other elements of the immune system to destroy the foreign entity.
  • the receptors on the surfaces of immune effector cells are designed for recognition of antigens and cell surface markers on other cells. This recognition process imparts information as to whether the markers are self or non-self, and is an important element involved in modulating the immune system response to the presence of antigens. 5
  • the portion of an antigen to which an antibody binds is called its antigenic determinant, or epitope.
  • Antigens which can elicit an immune response are termed immunogens, and are usually macromolecules of at least 5000 Dalton molecular weight, such as proteins, nucleic acids, carbohydrates, and lipids. Smaller nonimmunogenic molecules, termed haptens, also are capable of stimulating an immune response when coupled to a large carrier molecule.
  • Figure 1 represents the overall structure of an antibody molecule.
  • Antibodies are made up of two shorter light chains linked via disulfide bonds to two longer heavy chains, which are themselves connected by disulfide bonds.
  • both the heavy and light antibody protein chains are composed of multiple domains, each about 1 10 amino acid residues in length.
  • Each lighl and heavy chain of an antibody has a variable region at its amino terminus (V L and V H respectively); it is the variable region of the antibody that confers the antigen-binding specificity.
  • V L and V H variable region of the antibody that confers the antigen-binding specificity.
  • a heavy chain variable domain and a light chain variable domain together form a single antigen-binding site, thus, the basic immunoglobulin unit has two antigen-binding sites.
  • CDRs Diversity in the variable regions of both the light and heavy chains is restricted to the three "hypervariable” regions or CDRs.
  • the three CDRs of the variable region of each light and each heavy chain form loops which are clustered together and are connected to the four remaining parts of the variable region, called the framework regions ("FRs") which are relatively conserved among antibody molecules.
  • FRs framework regions
  • Antibody diversity is generally created by changing the sequences of the CDRs.
  • the variable regions are distinct for each antibody, whereas the constant regions are more highly conserved.
  • the heavy chain constant region is composed of multiple domains, named CHI, CH2, CH3...CHx.
  • the constant region domains are charged with the various antibody effector functions, such as complement binding and binding to the Fc receptors expressed by lymphocytes, granulocytes, monocyte lineage cells, killer the stimulation of B cells to undergo proliferation and cells, mast cells and other immune effector cells. Other effector functions are differentiation, activation of the complement cell lysis system, opsonization, attraction of macrophages.
  • Antibodies of different isotypes have different constant domains and therefore have different effector functions. The best studied isotypes are IgG and IgM. All animal species express several different classes of antibodies. Five human antibody classes (IgG, IgA.
  • IgM, IgD and IgB are recognized on the basis of structural differences, such as the number of immunoglobulin units in a single antibody molecule, the disulfide bridge structure of the individual units, and differences in chain length and sequence.
  • IgG antibodies are, thus far, the most generally useful of these classes for diagnostic and therapeutic pharmaceutical uses, although antibodies from other classes may find utility in certain uses.
  • antibody-producing hybridomas involves immunization of a mouse with an antigen, or, alternatively, the antigen is added to spleen cell preparations in vitro.
  • variable domain genes which are randomly mutagenized and expressed, also result in the production of large libraries as described in Pack (1997, High Quality Antibody Libraries, Abstracts of the Eighth International Conference of Antibody Engineering). While both approaches are successful in generating great diversity, they are generally little more successful in identifying useful antibodies when compared with traditional immunization methods because they rely on random generation of CDR sequences. Moreover, antibodies generated through immunization of mice are of limited use in human therapeutics.
  • mouse monoclonal antibodies are foreign and thus immunogenic to humans, they induce a human antimouse antibody (HAMA) response (Shawler et l., 1985, J Immunol 135:1530; Chatenaud et al., 1986, J Immunol. 137:830).
  • HAMA human antimouse antibody
  • PHARMACEUTICALS BASED UPON MANIPULATION OF INTERMOLECULAR INTERACTIONS The efficacy of a pharmaceutical is often derived from the, bility of the pharmaceutical to enhance, antagonize or mimic the binding of one molecule to another, for example, a ligand to its receptor, or a pathogen to a cellular receptor, thereby achieving certain physiological and pharmacological activity useful for disease prevention or amelioration.
  • pharmaceuticals were limited to serendipitously discovered synthetic or natural products, and were small molecule effectors that mimicked the binding of naturally occurring ligands. Even when information is available concerning the structure of ligands or their binding sites, currently available methods have not readily led to the development of effective pharmaceuticals.
  • the present invention is based upon the observation of the present inventors that the binding site contained within one member of a binding pair for another member of the binding pair can be transplanted into at least one CDR of an immunoglobulin molecule to confer specificity on the immunoglobulin for the second member of the binding pair.
  • the present invention is aimed at providing a method to design, immunoglobulins, particularly antibodies, with a particular specificity, which method circumvents the unpredictable immunization and screening processes currently employed to isolate specific antibodies.
  • synthetic modified antibodies that immunospecifically bind one member of a binding pair are engineered such thai the variable region of the modified antibody has .one or more CDRs that contain the binding sequence for that member of the binding pair, which binding sequence is derived from the other member of the binding pair.
  • This method thus, dramatically simplifies the process of identifying suitable antibodies and makes available antibodies for many antigens that are inaccessible due to immune tolerance or cryptic expression.
  • the present invention provides modified immunoglobulin molecules, particularly antibodies, that immunospecifically bind a first member of a binding pair, which binding pair consists of the first member and a second member, which antibodies comprise a variable domain which has at least one CDR containing an amino acid sequence of the binding site for the first member of the binding pair, which binding site is derived from the second member of the binding pair.
  • the amino acid sequence of the binding site is not found naturally within the CDR.
  • the binding pair can be any two molecules that specifically interact with each other.
  • the first member of the binding pair is a cancer antigen (i.e., a molecule expressed on the surface of a cancer cell), an antigen of an infectious disease agent (i.e., a molecule on the surface of an infectious disease agent) or a cellular receptor for an infectious disease agent.
  • cancer antigens include human milk fat globule antigen (HMFG), an epitope of polymorphic epithelial mucin antigen (PEM), or a human colon carcinoma-associated protein antigen.
  • Such antigens of infectious disease agents include a Brambell receptor (FcRB), and antigens of HSV-2, gonococcus, Treponema pallidum, Chlamydia trachomatis or human papillomavirus.
  • the binding pair is a receptor-ligand binding pair, for example, where the first member of the binding pair is a bradykinin receptor.
  • modified antibodies having one or more CDRs containing the binding site for a cancer antigen or an antigen of an infectious agent or a cellular receptor for an infectious disease agent can be used in the treatment or prevention of a cancer or an infectious disease associated with the expression of the particular cancer antigen or antigen of the infectious disease agent or the cellular receptor for the infectious disease agent.
  • the invention further provides methods for screening or detection or diagnosis using the modified immunoglobulins of the invention.
  • modified antibodies havmg one or more CDRs containing the binding site for a cancer antigen or an antigen of an infectious disease agent can be used in the screening, detection and diagnosis of a cancer or an infectious disease associated with the expression of the particular cancer antigen or antigen of the infectious disease agent.
  • the invention also provides therapeutic and diagnostic kits and pharmaceutical compositions containing the modified immunoglobulins of the invention.
  • the invention further provides methods of producing a synthetic modified immunoglobulin of the invention.
  • Section 6 infra describes the synthesis of synthetic modified antibodies in which one of the CDRs contains an amino acid sequence from bradykinin encompassing the binding sequence for the bradykinin receptor.
  • the example demonstrates that this synthetic modified antibody immunospecifically binds the bradykinin receptor, and competes with bradykinin for binding to the bradykinin receptor.
  • the activity of the synthetic modified antibody is antagonized by an antagonist of bradykinin activity. 4.
  • Figure 1 A schematic diagram showing the structure of the light and heavy chains of an immunoglobulin molecule, each chain consisting of a variable region positioned at the amino terminal region (H 2 N-) of the immunoglobulin and a constant region positioned at a carboxyl terminal region (-COOH) of the immunoglobulin.
  • FIG. 2 A schematic diagram of an IgG showing the four framework regions ( Rl, FR2, FR3 and FR4) and three complementarity determining regions (CDR1, CDR2 and CDR3) in the variable regions of the light and heavy chains (labeled as V L and V H 0 respectively).
  • the constant region domains are indicated as C L for the light chain constant domain and CH,, CH 2 and CH 3 for the three domains of the heavy chain constant region.
  • Fab indicates the portion of the antibody fragment which includes the variable region domains of both light and heavy chains and the C and CH, domains.
  • Fc indicates the constant region fragment containing the CH 2 and CH 3 domains.
  • the structure of the expression vector pMRRO 10.1 which contains a human kappa light chain constant region sequence.
  • B The structure of the expression vector pGammal that contains a sequence encoding a human IgGl constant region (CHI, CH2, CH3) heavy chain and hinge region sequences.
  • C The structure of the expression vector pNEPuDGV which contains a sequence encoding the kappa constant 0 domain of the light chain and the constant domain and hinge region of the heavy chain. For al! three vectors see Bebbington et al., 1991, Meihods in En ⁇ ymolngy 2:136-145.
  • Figures 4A-H The amino acid and nucleotide sequences for the heav) and light . chain variable domains that have a CDR containing bradykinin sequences and corresponding heavy and light chain variable domain consensus sequences of the s ⁇ nthetic antibodies. All 5 of these sequences also contain a leader sequence.
  • A The amino acid sequence and corresponding nucleotide sequence for the consensus light chain variable region ConVLl.
  • B The amino acid and corresponding nucleotide sequence for the light chain variable - • region BKCDR1 in which CDRi contains a bradykinin sequence.
  • C The amino acid and ⁇ corresponding nucleotide sequences for the light chain variable region BKCDR2 in which 0 CDR2 contains a bradykinin sequence.
  • D The amino acid and corresponding nucleotide sequences for the light chain variable region BKCDR3 in which CDR3 contains a bradykinin sequence.
  • E The amino acid and corresponding nucleotide sequences for the consensus heavy chain variable region ConVHl.
  • F The amino acid and corresponding nucleotide sequences for the heavy chain variable region BKCDR4 in which CDR4 contains 5 a bradykinin sequence.
  • oligol an engineered gene encoding the synthetic modified antibody containing A sequence of bradykinin.
  • the oligonucleotides used to assemble the gene are indicated as “oligol” to “oligolO”.
  • Figures 6A and B Nucleotide sequences of the oligonucleotides used to assemble the consensus light chain (ConVLl), and the bradykinin containing light chain
  • FIGS 7A-C (A) Stimulation of PGE 2 synthesis by bradykinin in SV-T2 cells as indicated in ng/well of PGE 2 for each treatment. In the legend below the figure a "-"
  • BKCDR4 lines with solid triangles
  • BKCDR5 lines with solid triangles
  • the bar graph depicts PGE 2 stimulation (in PGE 2 in pg/well) in SV-T2 cells incubated in the presence or absence of bradykinin (indicated as "+” or "-”. respectively, in legend below graph) and with an antibody having the BKCDR3,
  • BKCDR4 or BKCDR5 variable domain or an antibody having the heavy chain consensus variable domain (ConVH), as indicated above the bars of the graph.
  • ConVH heavy chain consensus variable domain
  • the present invention is directed to modified immunoglobulin molecules, 30 particularly antibodies that immunospecifically bind (e.g.. as determined by any method known in the art for determining the binding specificity of an antibody for its antigen, for example, as described in section 5.7, infra, and which immunospecific binding excludes non-specific binding, but not necessarily the cross-reactivity often observed with naturally occurring antibodies) a first member of a binding pair and have at least one complementarity 35 determining region (CDR) that contains an amino acid sequence from the second member of the binding pair, which amino acid sequence is a binding sequence for the first member of the binding pair.
  • CDR complementarity 35 determining region
  • the binding pair can be any two molecules, including proteins, nucleic acids, carbohydrates, or lipids, that interact with each other, although preferably the binding partner from which the binding site is derived is a protein molecule.
  • the antibody contains a binding sequence for a cancer antigen (i.e., a molecule on the surface of a cancer or tumor cell), an infectious disease antigen, (i.e., a molecule on the surface of an infectious disease agent), a cellular receptor for a pathogen, or a receptor or ligand (preferably, a receptor or ligand of a receptor-ligand binding pair in which the ligand binds to the receptor and thereby elicits a physiological response).
  • a cancer antigen i.e., a molecule on the surface of a cancer or tumor cell
  • an infectious disease antigen i.e., a molecule on the surface of an infectious disease agent
  • a cellular receptor for a pathogen i.e., a cellular receptor for a pathogen
  • the present invention also provides for methods of treatment using the modified immunoglobulins of the invention, for example, but not by way of limitation, a modified antibody having at least one CDR containing a binding sequence for a particular cancer antigen or antigen of an infectious disease agent or a cellular receptor for an infectious disease agent can be used to treat or prevent a cancer or an infectious disease characterized by the presence of that particular antigen by binding of the infectious disease agent to the particular receptor.
  • the present invention also provides for methods of diagnosis and screening using the modified immunoglobulins of the invention, for example, but not by way of limitation, a modified antibody having at least one CDR containing a binding sequence for a particular cancer antigen or antigen of an infectious disease agent can be used to detect a cancer or infectious disease characterized by that particular antigen or by binding of the infectious disease agent to the particular receptor.
  • the invention provides for modified immunoglobulin molecules, particularly antibodies, that immunospecifically bind (e.g., as determined by any method known in the art for determining the binding specificity of an antibody for its antigen, for example, as described in section 5.7, infra) to a first member of a binding pair where at least one of the CDRs of the antibody contains a binding site for the first member of the binding pair, which binding site is derived from an amino acid sequence of the other member of the binding pair.
  • the amino acid sequence of the binding site is not found naturally within the CDR.
  • the amino acid sequence of the binding site may be identified by any method known * in the art. For example, in some instances, the sequence of a member of a binding pair has already been determined to be directly involved in binding the other member of the binding pair. In this case, such a sequence can be used to construct the CDR of a synthetic antibody
  • the amino acid sequence for the binding site in the one member of the binding pair for the other member of the binding pair is not known, it can be determined by any method known in the art, for example, but not limited to, molecular modeling methods or empirical methods, e.g., by assaying portions (e.g., peptides) of the member for binding to the other member, or by making mutations in the member and determining which mutations prevent binding.
  • the binding pair can be any two molecules, including proteins, nucleic acids, carbohydrates, or lipids, that interact with each other, although preferably the binding partner from which the binding site is derived is a protein molecule.
  • the modified immunoglobulin contains a binding sequence for a cancer antigen, an infectious agent, or infectious agents that causes infectious agents.
  • the binding pair is a protein-protein interaction pair which is either homotypic interaction (i.e., is the interaction between two of the same proteins) or a heterotypic interaction (i.e., is the interaction between two different proteins).
  • the first member is a member of a ligand-receptor binding pair, preferably, of a receptor-ligand binding pair in which the ligand binds to the receptor and thereby elicits a physiological response, such as intracellular signaling.
  • the ligand or receptor can be a hormone, autocoid, growth factor, cytokine or neurotransmitter, or receptor for a hormone, autocoid, growth
  • one member of the binding pair is ligand such as, but not limited to, cholecystokinin, galanin, IL-1, IL-2, IL-4, IL-5, IL-6, IL-11, a chemokine, leptin, a protease, neuropeptide Y, neurokinin-1, neurokinin-2, neurokinin-3, bombesin, gastrin, corticotropin releasing hormone, endothelin, melatonin, somatostatin, vasoactive intestinal peptide, epidermal growth factor, tumor necrosis factor, dopamine,
  • ligand such as, but not limited to, cholecystokinin, galanin, IL-1, IL-2, IL-4, IL-5, IL-6, IL-11, a chemokine, leptin, a protease, neuropeptide Y, neurokinin-1, neurokinin-2, neurokinin-3, bombesin, gastri
  • one member of the binding pair is a receptor, such as, but not limited to, an opioid receptor, a glucose transporter, a glutamate receptor, an orphanin receptor, erythropoietin receptor, insulin receptor, tyrosine kinase (TK)-receptor, KIT stem cell factor receptor, nerve growth factor receptor, insulin-like growth factor receptor, granulocyte-colony stimulating factor receptor,
  • a receptor such as, but not limited to, an opioid receptor, a glucose transporter, a glutamate receptor, an orphanin receptor, erythropoietin receptor, insulin receptor, tyrosine kinase (TK)-receptor, KIT stem cell factor receptor, nerve growth factor receptor, insulin-like growth factor receptor, granulocyte-colony stimulating factor receptor,
  • TK tyrosine kinase
  • one of the members of the binding pair is a ligand gated ion channel, such as but not limited to a calcium channel, a sodium channel, or a potassium channel.
  • the invention provides modified immunoglobulins that
  • the invention provides synthetic modified antibodies that immunospecifically bind a receptor and arc agonists of the receptor, for example, but not by way of limitation, the endorphin. enkephalin, or nociceptin receptors.
  • the endorphin enkephalin, or nociceptin receptors.
  • the modified immunoglobulin does not bind the ⁇ bronectir, receptor.
  • the binding sequence is not ⁇ rg-Gly- Asp. is not a multimer of a binding sequence, and preferably is not a multimei of the sequence Arg-Gly-Asp.
  • the modified imniunoglcbulin has a CDR that contains a binding site for a transcription factor.
  • immunoglobulin does, not bind tc a specific PNA sequence, particularly dees not bind to a transcription fac ⁇ or binding site.
  • the modified immunoglobulin has at least one CDR that ⁇ xoiitams.an amino acid sequence of a binding site for a cancer. antigen or a tumor antigen (e.g., a ⁇ described in detail in section 5.3.1, mfi-a,i:'r ⁇ orc pr ⁇ fevabh the ant tn is human 5 colon carcinoma-associated antigen or epithelial mucin antigen.
  • At least one CDR of the modified immunoglobulin contains an amino acid sequence for a binding site for a human miik fat globule receptor
  • the modified 'immunoglobulin has at least one CDR that contains an amino acid sequence of a binding site for an antigen of a tumor of the breast, ovary, uterus, prostate, bladder, lung, skin, pancreas,
  • B lymphocytes or T lymphocytes.
  • At least one CDR of the modified antibody contains an amino acid sequence for a binding site for an antigen of an infectious disease agent (e.g., as described in detail in section 5.3.2, infra.), or a binding site for a cellular receptor of an infectious disease agent, preferably where the binding site is not an infectious disease agent (e.g., as described in detail in section 5.3.2, infra.), or a binding site for a cellular receptor of an infectious disease agent, preferably where the binding site is not an infectious disease agent.
  • the modified antibody has a CDR that contains the binding site for a bacterial or viral enzyme.
  • modified immunoglobulin molecules of the inventin can be derived from any type of immunoglobulin molecule, for example, but not limited to, antibodies, T cell
  • the modified immunoglobulin molecule is an antibody, which can be any class of antibody, e.g , an IgG, IgE, IgM, IgD or IgA. preferably, the antibody is an IgG. In addition the antibody many be of any subclass of the particular class of antibodies.
  • the modified immunoglobulin molecule is a T cell receptor.
  • the immunoglobulin which is modified to generate the modified immurioglobulin can be any available immunoglobulin molecule, end is preferably a monoclonal antibody or is a synthetic antibody.
  • the antibody that is modified may be a naturally occurring or previously existing antibody or may be synthesized from known antibody consensus
  • each antibody molecule h s six CDR sequences, three on the light chain and three on the heavy chain, and five of these CDRs are germline CDR.S (/ ' a., are directly derived from the germline genomic sequence of the animal, withe u, any recombination) and one of the CDRs is a non -germline CDR. (i.e.. differs m sequence from she gerrnlire genomic .sequence of the animal an ⁇ .-; ⁇ geuerated by recombination of the
  • a CDR is a germline or non-germline sequence
  • a CDR is a germline or non-germline sequence
  • known germline sequences e g., as listed in Kabat et al. (1991 , Sequences of Proteins of Irnmunological -Interest. 5 lr edition, NIH Publication No. 91-324/. pp 2147-2172).
  • Significant variation from the known germline sequences indicates that the CDR is a non-germlirt CDR.
  • the CDR that contains the amino acid sequence of the binding site is a germline CDR or, alternatively, is a non- germline CDR.
  • the binding site can be inserted into any of the CDRs of the antibody, and it is within the skill in the art to insert the binding site into different CDRs of the antibody and
  • a CDR of either the heavy or light chain variable region is modified to contain the amino acid sequence of the binding site.
  • the modified antibody contains a variable domain in which the first, second or third CDR of the heavy variable region or the first, second or third CDR of the light chain variable region contains the amino acid sequence of the binding site.
  • more than one CDR contains the amino acid sequence of the binding site or more than one CDR each contains a different binding site for the same molecule or contains a different binding site for a different molecule.
  • two, three, four, five or six CDRs have been engineered to contain a binding site for the first member of the binding pair.
  • one or more CDRs contain a binding site for the first member of a binding pair and one or more other CDRs contain a binding site for a molecule on the surface of an immune cell, such as, but not limited to, a T cell, B cell, NK cell, K cell, TIL cell or neutrophil.
  • a modified antibody having a binding site for a cancer antigen or an infectious disease antigen and a binding site for a molecule on the surface of an immune cell can be used to target the immune cell to a cancer cell bearing the cancer antigen or to the infectious disease agent.
  • the binding site amino acid sequence is either inserted into the CDR without replacing any of the amino acid sequence of the CDR itself or, alternatively, the binding site amino acid sequence replaces all or a portion of the amino acid sequence of the CDR. In specific embodiments, the binding site amino acid sequence replaces 1, 2, 5, 8, 10, 15, or 20 amino acids of the CDR sequence.
  • the amino acid sequence of the binding site present in the CDR can be the minimal binding site necessary for the binding of the member of the binding pair (which can be determined empirically by any method known in the art); alternatively, the binding site can be greater than the minimal binding site necessary for the binding of the member of the binding pair.
  • the binding site amino acid sequence is at least 4 amino acids in length, or is at least 6, 8, 10, 15, or 20 amino acids in length. In other embodiments the binding site amino acid sequence is no more than 10, 15, 20, or 25 amino acids in length, or is 5-10, 5-15, 5-20, 10-15, 10-20 or 10-25 amino acids in length.
  • the total length of the CDR i.e., the combined length of the binding site sequence and the rest of the CDR sequence
  • CDRs have been observed to have a range of numbers of amino acid residues, and the observed size ranges for the CDRs (as denoted by the abbreviations indicated in figure 2) are provided in Table 1.
  • Table 1 Table 1
  • the CDR containing the binding site is within the size range provided for that particular CDR in Table 1, i.e., if it is the first CDR of the light chain, LI, the CDR is 10 to 17 amino acid residues; if it is the second CDR of the light chain, L2, the CDR is 7 amino acid residues; if it is the third CDR of the light chain, L3, the CDR is 7 to 11 amino acid residues; if it is the first CDR of the heavy chain, HI, the CDR is 5 to 7 amino acid residues; if it is the second CDR of the heavy chain, H2, the CDR is 9 to 12 amino acid residues; and if it is the third CDR of the heavy chain, H3, the CDR is 2 to 25 amino acid residues.
  • the CDR containing the binding site is 5-10, 5-15, 5-20, 11-15, 11-20, 11-25, or 16-25 amino acids in length. In other embodiments, the CDR containing the binding site is at least 5, 10, 15, or 20 amino acids or is no more than 10, 15, 20, 25, or 30 amino acids in length.
  • the modified immunoglobulin of the invention contains a portion of a variable region, i.e., where either the heavy or the light chain contains less than the framework regions and three CDRs, for example but not limited to, where the variable region contains one or two CDRs, and preferably, the intervening framework regions.
  • the modified antibody immunospecifically binds the bradykinin receptor (for example, but not limited to the modified antibody described in section 6, infra).
  • the embodiment provides a modified antibody in which at least one CDR contains the amino acid sequence Arg-Pro-Pro-Gly-Phe-Gly-Phe-Ser-Pro- Phe-Arg.
  • the modified antibody immunospecifically binds the human milk fat globule antigen, and at least one of the CDRs of the modified antibody contains an amino acid sequence selected from the following: (i) Ala-Tyr-Trp-Ile-Glu; (ii) .
  • the CDRs of the heavy chain variable region contain the amino acid sequences (i)-(i ⁇ ) above, whereas the CDRs of the light chain variable region contain the amino acid sequences (iv)-(vi above.
  • the invention provide a modified antibody that binds human colon carcinoma-associated antigen and comprises a variable region having at least
  • positions in the nucleic acid encoding the modified antibody and then screening the antibodies exposed from the mutated nucleic acid molecules for binding affinity for the iarget antigens-Screening' can-be accomplished by testingthe expressed antibody molecules individually or by screening a library of the mutated sequences, e.g.. by phage display
  • the modified antibody has a higher specificity or affinity foi an antigen than a naturally occurring antibody that 35 immunospecifically binds the same antigen.
  • the modified antibody exhibits a binding constant for an antigen of at least 2x10 7 M.
  • the modified antibodies of the invention may also be further modified in any way know in the art for the modification of antibodies as long as the further modification does not 5 prevent or inhibit binding of the modified antibody to the particular antigen.
  • the modified antibodies of the invention may have one or more amino acid substitutions, deletions, insertions besides the insertion into or replacement of CDR sequences with the amino acid sequence of a binding sequence.
  • Such amino acid substitutions, deletions or insertions can be any substitution, deletion or insertion that does not prevent or inhibit the immunospecific binding of the modified antibody to the target antigen.
  • amino acid substitutions include substitutions of functionally equivalent amino acid residues.
  • one or more amino acid residues can be substituted by another amino acid of a similar polarity which acts as a functional equivalent, resulting in a silent alteration.
  • Substitutes for an amino acid may be selected from other members of the class to which the amino acid is selected.
  • the nonpolar (hydrophobic) amino acids include alanine, leucine, isoleucine, valine, proline, phenylalanine, tryptophan and methionine.
  • the polar neutral amino acids include glycine, serine, threonine, cysteine, tyrosine, asparagine, and glutamine.
  • the positively charged (basic) amino acids include arginine, lysine and histidine.
  • the negatively charged (acidic) amino acids include aspartic acid and glutamic acid.
  • Non-classical amino acids include but are not limited to the D-isomers of the common amino acids, ⁇ -amino isobutyric acid, 4-
  • aminobutyric acid Abu, 2-amino butyric acid, ⁇ -Abu, e-Ahx, 6-amino hexanoic acid, Aib, 2-amino isobutyric acid, 3-amino propionic acid, ornithine, norleucine, norvaline, hydroxyproline, sarcosine, citrulline, cysteic acid, t-butylglycine, t-butylalanine, phenylglycine, cyclohexylalanine, ⁇ -alanine, fluoro-amino acids, designer amino acids such as ⁇ -methyl amino acids, C ⁇ -methyl amino acids, N ⁇ -methyl amino acids, and amino acid
  • the amino acid can be D (dextrorotary) or L (levorotary).
  • the modified immunoglobulin has been further modified to enhance its ability to elicit an anti-idiotype response, for example, as described in co-pending United States Patent Application Serial No. , entitled "Modified
  • variable region of the immunoglobulin e.g., by removing or reducing intrachain or interchain disulfide bonds.
  • modified immunoglobulin is further modified such that one or more variable region cysteine residues that form disulfide bonds are replaced with an amino acid residue that does not have a sulfhydryl group.
  • cysteine residues that form a disulfide bond in a variable region of a particular antibody can be accomplished by any method known in the art. For example, but not by way of limitation, it is well known in the art that the cysteine residues that form intrachain disulfide bonds are highly conserved among antibody classes and across species. Thus, the cysteine residues that participate in disulfide bond formation can be identified by sequence comparison with other antibody molecules in which it is known which residues form a disulfide bond (for example the consensus sequences provided in Figures 4 A and E, or those described in Kabat et al, 1991, sequences of Proteins of Irnmunological Interest, 5th Ed., U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, Bethesda, Maryland).
  • Table 1 provides a list of the positions of disulfide bond forming cysteine residues for a number of antibody molecules.
  • Position numbers enclosed by () indicate that the protein was not sequenced to that position, but the residue is inferred by comparison to known sequences.
  • cysteine residues that form the intrachain disulfide bonds are residues at positions 23 and 88 of the light chain variable domain and residues at positions 22 and 92 of the heavy chain variable domain.
  • the position numbers refer to the residue corresponding to that residue in the consensus sequences as defined in Kabat, (1991, Sequences of Proteins of Irnmunological Interest, 5th Ed., U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, Bethesda, Maryland) or as indicated in the heavy and light chain variable region sequences depicted in Figures 4A and E, respectively (as determined by aligning the particular antibody sequence with the consensus sequence or the heavy or light chain variable region sequence depicted in Figures 4A and E).
  • the modified immunoglobulin molecule is further modified such that the residues at positions 23 and/or 88 of the light chain are substituted with an amino acid residue that does not contain a sulfhydryl group and/or the residues at positions 22 and/or 92 are substituted with an amino acid residue that does not contain a sulfhydryl group.
  • the amino acid residue that substitutes for the disulfide bond forming cysteine residue is any amino acid residue that does not contain a sulfhydryl group, e.g., alanine, arginine, asparagine, aspartate (or aspartic acid), glutamine, glutamate (or glutamic acid), glycine, histidine, isoleucine, leucine, lysine, phenylalanine, proline, serine, threonine, tryptophan, tyrosine or valine.
  • the cysteine residue is replaced with a glycine, serine. threonine, tyrosine, asparagine, or glutamine residue, most preferably with an alanine residue.
  • disulfide bond forming cysteine residue may be replaced by a nonclassical amino acid or chemical amino acid analog, such as those listed supra, that does
  • the substitution of the disulfide bond forming residue is in the heavy chain variable region or is in the light chain variable region or is in both the heavy chain and light chain variable regions.
  • one of the residues that forms a particular disulfide bond is replaced (or deleted) or, alternatively, both residues that
  • the invention provides functionally active fragments of a modified immunoglobulin.
  • Functionally active fragment means that the fragment can immunospecifically bind the target antigen as determined by any method known in the art to determine immunospecific binding (e.g., as described in Section 5.7 infra). For example, such
  • fragments include but are not limited to: F(ab') 2 fragments, which contain the variable regions of both the heavy and the light chains, the light constant region and the CHI domain of the heavy chain, which fragments can be generated by pepsin digestion of the antibody, and the Fab fragments, generated by reducing the disulfide bonds of an F(ab') 2 fragment ( Figure 1 ; King et., 1992, Biochem. J. 281 :317); and Fv fragments, i.e., fragments that contain the
  • variable region domains of both the heavy and light chains (Reichmann and Winter, 1988, J. Mol Biol. 203:825; King et al., 1993, Biochem. J 290:723).
  • the invention also includes single chain antibodies (SCA) (U.S. Patent 4,946,778; Bird, 1988. Science 242:423-426; Huston et al., 1988, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 85:5879- 5883; and Ward et al., 1989, Nature 334:544-546).
  • SCA single chain antibodies
  • the invention also provides heavy chain and light chain dimers and diabodies.
  • the invention further provides modified antibodies that are also chimeric or humanized antibodies.
  • a chimeric antibody is a molecule in which different portions of the antibody
  • 30 molecule are derived from different animal species, such as those having a variable region derived from a murine mAb and a constant region derived from a human immunoglobulin constant region, e.g., humanized antibodies.
  • Techniques have been developed for the production of chimeric antibodies (Morrison et al., 1984, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 81:6851-6855; Neuberger et al., 1984, N ⁇ twre 312:604-608; Takeda et al, 1985, Nature 3 4:
  • the synthetic modified antibody is a chimeric antibody containing the variable domain of a non-human antibody and the constant domain of a human antibody.
  • the modified antibody is a humanized antibody, particularly an antibody in which the CDRs of the antibody (except for the one or more CDRs containing the binding sequence) are derived from an antibody of a non-human animal and the framework regions and constant region are from a human antibody (U.S. Patent No. 5,225,539 by Winter).
  • CDR-grafted antibodies have been successfully constructed against various antigens, for example, antibodies against IL-2 receptor as described in Queen et al., 1989, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci.
  • CDR-grafted variable region genes have been constructed by various methods such as site-directed mutagenesis as described in Jones et al., 1986, Nature 321 :522; Riechmann et al.,
  • CDR-grafted antibodies are generated in which the CDRs of the murine monoclonal antibody are grafted onto the framework regions of a human antibody. Following grafting, most antibodies benefit from additional amino acid changes in the framework region to maintain affinity, presumably because framework residues are necessary to maintain CDR conformation, and some framework residues have been demonstrated to be part of the antigen combining site.
  • the modified antibody comprises a variable domain in which at least one of the framework regions has one or more amino acid residues that differ from the residue at that position in the naturally occurring framework region.
  • the modified antibody is derived from a human monoclonal antibody. The creation of completely human monoclonal antibodies is possible through the use of transgenic mice. Transgenic mice in which the mouse immunoglobulin gene loci have been replaced with human immunoglobulin loci provide in vivo affinity-maturation machinery for the production of human immunoglobulins.
  • the modified immunoglobulin (or fragment thereof) is fused via a covalent bond (for example, but not by way of limitation, a peptide bond) at either the N- terminus or the C-terminus to an amino acid sequence of another protein (or portion thereof, preferably an at least 10, 20, or 50 amino acid portion thereof) that is not the modified immunoglobulin.
  • a covalent bond for example, but not by way of limitation, a peptide bond
  • the modified immunoglobulin is covalently linked to the other protein at the N-terminus of the constant domain of the modified immunoglobulin.
  • the invention provides fusion proteins in which the modified immunoglobulin is covalently linked to a portion of a growth enhancing factor or; a portion of an immunostimulatory factor, including interleukin-2, interleukin-4, interleukin-5, interleukin- 6, interleukin-7, interleukin- 10, interleukin- 12, interleukin-15, G-colony stimulating factor, tumor necrosis factor, porin, interferon-gamma, and NK cell antigen or MHC derived peptide.
  • an immunostimulatory factor including interleukin-2, interleukin-4, interleukin-5, interleukin- 6, interleukin-7, interleukin- 10, interleukin- 12, interleukin-15, G-colony stimulating factor, tumor necrosis factor, porin, interferon-gamma, and NK cell antigen or MHC derived peptide.
  • the modified immunoglobulin may be further modified, e.g, by the covalent attachment of any type of molecule, as long as such covalent attachment does not prevent or inhibit immunospecific binding of the immunoglobulin to its target antigen.
  • the modified immunoglobulin may be further modified, e.g., by glycosylation, acetylation, pegylation, phosphorylation, amidation, derivatization by known protecting/blocking groups, proteolytic cleavage, linkage to a cellular ligand or other protein, etc. Any of numerous chemical modifications may be carried out by known techniques, including, but not limited to specific chemical cleavage, acetylation, formylation, metabolic synthesis of tunicamycin, etc. Additionally, the modified antibody may contain one or more non-classical amino acids, e.g., as listed above in this Section.
  • the modified immunoglobulin (or a fragment thereof) is covalently linked to a therapeutic molecule, for example, to target the therapeutic molecule to a particular cell type or tissue, e.g., a cancer or tumor cell.
  • the therapeutic molecule can be any type of therapeutic molecule known in the art, for example, but not limited to, a chemotherapeutic agent, a toxin, such as ricin, an antisense oligonucleotide, a radionuclide, an antibiotic, anti-viral, or anti-parasitic, etc. 5.2. METHODS OF PRODUCING THE MODIFIED IMMUNOGLOBULIN
  • modified immunoglobulins of this invention can be produced by any method known in the art for the synthesis of immunoglobulins, in particular, by chemical synthesis or by recombinant expression, and is preferably produced by recombinant expression techniques.
  • Recombinant expression of the modified immunoglobulin of the invention, or fragment thereof, requires construction of a nucleic acid encoding the modified immunoglobulin.
  • a nucleic acid encoding the modified immunoglobulin can be produced using any method known in the art, for example, recombinant techniques or chemical synthesis (e.g., see Creighton. 1983, "Proteins: Structures and Molecular Principles”. W.H. Freeman & Co., N.Y.. pp.34-49; and Sambrook et al., 1989, Molecular Cloning, A Laboratory Manual. Cold Springs Harbor Press, N.Y . or using PCR on known immunoglobulin genes to engineer the nucleotide sequence encoding the CDR sequence containing the binding site.
  • the invention provides nucleic acids that contain a nucleotide sequence encoding a modified immunoglobulin of the invention, or a functionally active fragment thereof.
  • a nucleic acid that encodes a modified immunoglobulin may be assembled from chemically synthesized oligonucleotides (e.g.. as described in Kutmeier et al., 1994, Biotechniques 17:242). which, briefly, involves the synthesis of a set of overlapping oligonucleotides containing portions of the sequence encoding the modified immunoglobulin. annealing and ligation of those oligonucleotides, and then amplification of the ligated oligonucleotides by PCR, e.g.. as exemplified in Section 6, infra.
  • the invention provides a method of producing a nucleic acid encoding a modified immunoglobulin, said method comprising: (a) synthesizing a set of oligonucleotides, said set comprising oligonucleotides containing a portion of the nucleotide sequence that encodes the synthetic modified immunoglobulin and oligonucleotides containing a portion of the nucleotide sequence that is complementary to the nucleotide sequence that encodes the synthetic modified immunoglobulin, and each of said oligonucleotides having overlapping terminal sequences with another oligonucleotide of said set, except for those oligonucleotides containing the nucleotide sequences encoding the N- terminal and C-terminal portions of the synthetic modified immunoglobulin; (b) allowing the oligonucleotides to hybridize or anneal to each other; and (c) ligating the hybridized oligonucleotides, such that a
  • a nucleic acid containing a nucleotide sequence encoding a modified immunoglobulin can be constructed from a nucleic acid containing a nucleotide sequence encoding, e.g., an antibody molecule, or at least a variable region of an antibody molecule.
  • Nucleic acids containing nucleotide sequences encoding antibody molecules can be obtained either from existing clones of antibody molecules or variable domains or by isolating a nucleic acid encoding an antibody molecule or variable domain from a suitable source, preferably a cDNA library e.g., an antibody DNA library or a cDNA library prepared from cells or tissue expressing a repertoire of antibody molecules or a synthetic antibody library (see, e.g., Clackson et al., 1991, Nature 352:624; Hane et al., 1997, Proc. Natl. Acad.
  • a cDNA library e.g., an antibody DNA library or a cDNA library prepared from cells or tissue expressing a repertoire of antibody molecules or a synthetic antibody library
  • the binding site sequence can be inserted into the nucleotide sequence coding for one or more of the CDRs.
  • Such engineering of the particular CDR coding sequence can be accomplished by routine recombinant DNA techniques known in the art.
  • the nucleotide sequence encoding the CDR can be replaced by a nucleotide sequence encoding the CDR containing the particular binding site sequence, for example, using PCR based methods, in vitro site directed mutagenesis, etc. If a convenient restriction enzyme site is available in the nucleotide sequence of the CDR, then the sequence can be cleaved with the restriction enzyme and a nucleic acid fragment containing the nucleotide sequence encoding-the binding site can be ligated into the restriction site.
  • the nucleic acid fragment containing the binding site can be obtained either from a nucleic acid encoding all or a portion of the protein containing the binding site or can be generated from synthetic oligonucleotides containing the sequence encoding the binding site and its reverse complement.
  • the nucleic acid encoding the modified antibody optionally contains a nucleotide sequence encoding a leader sequence that directs the secretion of the synthetic modified antibody molecule.
  • nucleic acid encoding at least the variable domain of the modified antibody may be introduced into a vector containing the nucleotide sequence encoding the constant region of the antibody (see, e.g., PCT Publication WO 86/05807; PCT Publication WO 89/01036; and U.S. Patent No. 5,122,464).
  • Vectors containing the complete light or heavy chain for co-expression with the nucleic acid to allow the expression of a complete antibody molecule are also available and are known in the art, for example, pMRROlO.l and pGammal (see also Bebbington, 1991, Methods in En ⁇ ymology 2:136-145) .
  • the expression vector can then be transferred to a host cell by conventional techniques and the transfected cells can be cultured by conventional techniques to produce the antibody of the invention.
  • the modified antibody can be expressed, for example, by the method exemplified in Section 6. (See also Bebbington, 1991, Methods in Enzymology 2- 136-145.)
  • the expression vector encoding the modified immunoglobulin into COS cells, culturing the cells for an appropriate period of time to permit immunoglobulin expression, and then taking the supernatant from the COS cells, which supernatant contains the secreted, expressed modified immunoglobulin.
  • the host cells used to express the recombinant antibody of the invention may be either bacterial cells such as Escherichia coli, particularly for the expression of recombinant antibody fragments or, preferably, eukaryotic cells, particularly for the expression of recombinant antibody molecules.
  • mammalian cells such as Chinese hamster ovary cells (CHO) or COS cells, used in conjunction with a vector in which expression of the antibody is under control of the major intermediate early gene promoter element from human cytomegalovirus is an effective expression system for immunoglobulins (Foecking et al, 1986, Gene 45:101, Cockett et al., 1990, Bio/Technology 8:662).
  • host-expression vector systems may be utilized to express the antibody- coding sequences of the invention.
  • Such host-expression systems represent vehicles by which the coding sequences of interest may be produced and subsequently purified, but also produce cells which may, when transformed or transfected with the appropriate nucleotide coding sequences, exhibit the antibody product of the invention in situ.
  • These systems include, but are not limited to, microorganisms such as bacteria (e.g., E. coli, B.
  • subtilis transformed with recombinant bacteriophage DNA, plasrnid DNA or cosmid DNA expression vectors containing antibody coding sequences; yeast (e.g., Saccharomyces, Pichi ⁇ ) transformed with recombinant yeast expression vectors containing antibody coding sequences; insect cell systems infected with recombinant virus expression vectors (e.g., baculovirus) containing the antibody coding sequences; plant cell systems infected with recombinant virus expression vectors (e.g., cauliflower mosaic virus, CaMV; tobacco mosaic virus, TMV) or transformed with recombinant plasrnid expression vectors (e.g., Ti plasrnid) containing antibody coding sequences; or mammalian cell systems (e.g., COS, CHO, BHK, 293, and 3T3 cells) harboring recombinant expression constructs containing promoters derived from the genome of mammalian cells (e.g., the metallothi
  • a number of expression vectors may be advantageously selected depending upon the use intended for the antibody being expressed. For example, when a large quantity of such a protein is to be produced, for the generation of pharmaceutical compositions of an antibody, vectors which direct the expression of high levels of fusion protein products that are readily purified may be desirable.
  • Such vectors include, but are not limited, to the £. coli expression vector pUR278 (Ruther et al., 1983, EMBO J. 2:1791), in which the antibody coding sequence may be ligated individually into the vector in frame with the lac Z coding region so that a fusion protein is produced: pIN vectors (Inouye & Inouye, 1985. Nucleic Acids Res.
  • pGEX vectors may also be used to express foreign polypeptides as fusion proteins with glutathione S-transferase (GST).
  • GST glutathione S-transferase
  • fusion proteins are soluble and can easily be purified from lysed cells by adsorption and binding to a matrix glutathione-agarose beads followed by elution in the presence of free glutathione.
  • the pGEX vectors are designed to include thrombin or factor Xa protease cleavage sites so that the cloned target gene product can be released from the GST moiety.
  • Autographa californica nuclear polyhedrosis virus (AcNPV) is used as a vector to express foreign genes.
  • the virus grows in Spodoptera frugiperda cells.
  • the antibody coding sequence may be cloned individually into non-essential regions (for example the polyhedrin gene) of the virus and placed under control of an AcNPV promoter (for example the polyhedrin promoter).
  • a number of viral-based expression systems may be utilized.
  • the antibody coding sequence of interest may be ligated to an adenovirus transcription/translation control complex, e.g., the late promoter and tripartite leader sequence.
  • This chimeric gene may then be inserted in the adenovirus genome by in vitro or in vivo recombination. Insertion in a non-essential region of the viral genome (e.g., region El or E3) will result in a recombinant virus that is viable and capable of expressing the antibody in infected hosts (e.g., see Logan & Shenk, 1984, Proc. Natl. Acad.
  • Specific initiation signals may also be required for efficient translation of inserted antibody coding sequences. These signals include the ATG initiation codon and adjacent sequences. Furthermore, the initiation codon must be in phase with the reading frame of the desired coding sequence to ensure translation of the entire insert. These exogenous translational control signals and initiation codons can be of a variety of origins, both natural and synthetic. The efficiency of expression may be enhanced by the inclusion of appropriate transcription enhancer elements, transcription terminators, etc. (see Bittner et al., 1987, Methods in Enzymol 153:516-544). In addition, a host cell strain may be chosen which modulates the expression of the inserted sequences, or modifies and processes the gene product in the specific fashion desired.
  • Such modifications (e.g., glycosylation) and processing (e.g., cleavage) of protein products may be important for the function of the protein.
  • Different host cells have characteristic and specific mechanisms for the post-translational processing and modification of proteins and gene products. Appropriate cell lines or host systems can be chosen to ensure the correct modification and processing of the foreign protein expressed.
  • eukaryotic host cells which possess the cellular machinery for proper processing of the primary transcript, glycosylation. and phosphorylation of the gene product may be used.
  • mammalian host cells include but are not limited to CHO, VERO, BHK, HeLa. COS, MDCK, 293, 3T3, WI38.
  • cell lines which stably express the antibody may be engineered.
  • host cells can be transformed with DNA controlled by appropriate expression control elements (e.g . promoter, enhancer, sequences, transcription terminators, polyadenylation sites, etc.). and a selectable marker.
  • engineered cells may be allowed to grow for 1-2 days in an enriched media, and then are switched to a selective media.
  • the selectable marker in the recombinant plasrnid confers resistance to the selection and allows cells to stably integrate the plasrnid into their chromosomes and grow to fonn foci which in turn can be cloned and expanded into cell lines.
  • This method may advantageously be used to engineer cell lines which express the antibody.
  • engineered celi lines may be particularly useful in screening and evaluation of compounds that interact directly or indirectly with the antibody.
  • a number of selection systems may be used, including but not limited to the herpes simplex virus thymidine kinase (Wigler et al., 1977, Cell 11:223), hypoxanthine-guanine phosphoribosyltransferase (Szybalska & Szybalski, 1962, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA
  • genes can be employed in tk " , hgprt' or aprf cells, respectively.
  • antimetabolite resistance can be used as the basis of selection for the following genes: dhfr, which confers resistance to methotrexate (Wigler et al., 1980, Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 77-3567; O'Hare et al., 1981, Proc. Natl Acad. Sci. USA 78:1527); gpt, which confers resistance to mycophenolic acid (Mulligan & Berg, 1981, Proc.
  • the expression levels of the synthetic modified antibody can be increased by vector amplification (for a review, see Bebbington and Hentschel, The Use of Vectors Based on Gene Amplification for the Expression of Cloned Genes in Mammalian Cells in DNA Cloning, Vol.3. (Academic Press, New York, 1987)).
  • vector amplification for a review, see Bebbington and Hentschel, The Use of Vectors Based on Gene Amplification for the Expression of Cloned Genes in Mammalian Cells in DNA Cloning, Vol.3. (Academic Press, New York, 1987)
  • a marker in the vector system expressing immunoglobulin is amplifiable
  • increase in the level of inhibitor present in culture of host cell will increase the number of copies of the marker gene. Since the amplified region is associated with the immunoglobulin gene, production of the immunoglobulin will also increase (Crouse et al., 1983, Mol Cell. Biol. 3:257).
  • the host cell may be co-transfected with two expression vectors of the invention, the first vector encoding a heavy chain derived polypeptide and the second vector encoding a light chain derived polypeptide.
  • the two vectors may contain identical selectable markers which enable equal expression of heavy and light chain polypeptides Alternatively, a single vector may be used which encodes both heavy and light chain polypeptides. In such situations, the light chain should be placed before the heavy chain to avoid an excess of toxic free heavy chain (Proudfoot, 1986, Nature 322:562; Kohler, 1980, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 77:2197).
  • the coding sequences for the heavy and light chains may comprise cDNA or genomic DNA.
  • the invention provides a recombinant cell that contain a vector which encodes a synthetic antibody that has a CDR that contain the amino acid sequence of an active binding site from a member of a binding pair.
  • the invention also provides methods for treating or preventing diseases and disorders associated with the expression of a particular molecule by administration of a therapeutic of the invention (termed herein "Therapeutic").
  • Such Therapeutics include the modified immunoglobulins of the invention, and functionally active fragments thereof, (e.g., as described in Section 5.1, supra), and nucleic acids encoding the modified immunoglobulins of the invention, and functionally active fragments thereof (e.g., as described in Section 5.2, supra.).
  • the therapeutic methods of the invention use a modified antibody that is derived from a human antibody; in other embodiments, the methods of the invention use a modified antibody that is derived from a chimeric or humanized antibody.
  • compositions containing the modified antibodies (or functionally active fragment thereof) of the invention that immunospecifically bind a particular molecule can be used in the treatment or prevention of diseases or disorders associated with the expression of the particular molecule, e.g., an antigen.
  • modified antibodies that immunospecifically bind a tumor or cancer antigen or an antigen of an infectious disease agent or a cellular receptor for an infectious disease agent can be used to treat or prevent tumors, cancers or infectious diseases associated with the expression of the particular antigen.
  • Modified immunoglobulins that immunospecifically bind a ligand or receptor can be used to treat or prevent a disease associated with a defect in decrease in or increase the amount of the particular ligand receptor.
  • the modified immunoglobulins are used to treat or prevent autoimmune disease, including but not limited to rheumatoid arthritis, lupus, ulcerative colito, or psoriasis.
  • the modified immunoglobulins may also be used to treat allergies.
  • the subjects to which the present invention is applicable may be any mammalian or vertebrate species, which include, but are not limited to, cows, horses, sheep, pigs, fowl (e.g., chickens), goats, cats, dogs, hamsters, mice, rats, monkeys, rabbits, chimpanzees, and humans.
  • the subject is a human.
  • the invention provides methods of treating or preventing cancers characterized by the presence of a particular cancer antigens which are a member of a binding pair.
  • the method includes administering to a subject in need of such treatment ⁇ r prevention a Therapeutic of the invention, e.g., a synthetic modified antibody (or functionally active fragment thereof) that immunospecifically binds to the particular cancer antigen, which antibody comprises a variable domain with a CDR containing the amino acid sequence of a binding site for the cancer antigen.
  • Cancers including, but not limited to, neoplasms, tumors, metastases, or any disease or disorder characterized by uncontrolled cell growth, can be treated or prevented by administration of the synthetic modified antibody of the invention, which modified antibody immunospecifically binds one or more antigens associated with the cancer cells of the cancer to be treated or prevented.
  • Whether a particular Therapeutic is effective to treat or prevent a certain type of cancer can be determined by any method known in the art, for example but not limited to, these methods described in Section 5.6, infra.
  • cancers and tumors associated with the following cancer and tumor antigens may be treated or prevented by administration of a synthetic antibody of the invention containing in its CDR the sequence that recognizes these cancer antigens: KS 1/4 pan-carcinoma antigen (Perez and Walker. 1990, J. Immunol. 142:3662-3667; Bumal, 1988, Hybridoma 7(4):407-415), ovarian carcinoma antigen (CA125) (Yu et al., 1991, Cancer Res. 5_i(2):468-475), prostatic acid phosphate (Tailor et al., 1990, Nucl. Acids Res. 18(16):4928), prostate specific antigen (Henttu and Vihko, 1 89, Biochem. Biophys. Res. Comm. 160(2 ⁇ :903-910; Israeli et al., 1993, Cancer Res.
  • HMW-MAA high molecular weight melanoma antigen
  • polymorphic epithelial mucin antigen such as: CEA, TAG-72 (Yokata et al., 1992, Cancer Res. 52:3402-3408), CO 17-1 A (Ragnhammar et al.. 1993, Int. J. Cancer 53:751- 758); GICA 19-9 (Herlyn et al., 1982, J Clin. Immunol.
  • ganglioside GM2 Livingston et al., 1994, J. Clin. Oncol 12:1036-1044
  • ganglioside GM3 Hoon et al., 1993, Cancer Res. 53:5244-5250
  • tumor-specific transplantation type of cell-surface antigen TSTA
  • virally-induced tumor antigens including T-antigen DNA tumor viruses and Envelope antigens of RNA tumor viruses
  • oncofetal antigen-alpha-fetoprotein such as CEA of colon
  • bladder tumor oncofetal antigen Hellstrom et al., 1985, Cancer. Res.
  • differentiation antigen such as human lung carcinoma antigen L6, L20 (Hellstrom et al., 1986, Cancer Res. 46:3917-3923), antigens of fibrosarcoma, human leukemia T cell antigen-Gp37 (Bhattacharya-Chatterjee et al., 1988, J. of Immunospecifically. 141 :1398-1403).
  • neoglycoprotein, sphingolipids, breast cancer antigen such as EGFR (Epidermal growth factor receptor), HER2 antigen (pi 85TM ⁇ ), polymorphic epithelial mucin (PEM) (Hilkens et al., 1992, Trends in Bio. Chem. Sci.
  • malignant human lymphocyte antigen- APO-1 (Bernhard et al., 1989, Science 245:301-304), differentiation antigen (Feizi, 1985, Nature 314:53-57) such as I antigen found in fetal erythrocytes, primary endoderm, I antigen found in adult erythrocytes, preimplantation embryos, I(Ma) found in gastric adenocarcinomas, Ml 8, M39 found in breast epithelium, SSEA-1 found in myeloid cells, VEP8, VEP9, Myl, VIM-D5, D,56-22 found in colorectal cancer, TRA-1-85 (blood group H), C14 found in colonic adenocarcinoma, F3 found in lung adenocarcinoma, AH6 found in gastric cancer, Y hapten, Le y found in embryonal carcinoma cells, TL5 (blood group A), EGF receptor found in A431 cells , E, series (blood group B) found
  • the antigen is a Tcell receptor derived peptide from a Cutaneous Tcell Lymphoma (see, Edelson, 1998, The Cancer Journal 4:62).
  • the subject being treated with the modified antibody may, optionally, be treated with other cancer treatments such as surgery, radiation therapy or chemotherapy.
  • the Therapeutic of the invention used to treat or prevent cancer may be administered in conjunction with one or a combination of chemotherapeutic agents including, but not limited to, methotrexate, taxol, mercaptopurine, thioguanine, hydroxyurea. cytarabine, cyclophosphamide, ifosfamide.
  • nitrosoureas cisplatin, carboplatin, mitomycin, dacarbazine, procarbizine, etoposides, campathecins, bleomycin, doxorubicin, idarubicin, daunorubicin.
  • the synthetic modified antibody is conjugated to a chemotherapeutic agent or other type of toxin, e.g., a ricin toxin, or a radionuclide, or any other agent effective to kill cancer or tumor cells or to arrest cancer cell growth.
  • the modified immunoglobulin has one CDR containing a binding site for a cancer antigen and another CDR containing a binding site for molecule on the surface of an immune cell, such as but not limited to a T cell, a B cell, NK cell, K cell, TIL cell or neutrophil.
  • the CDR of the synthetic modified antibody includes an amino acid sequence that immunospecifically binds a human colon carcinoma-associated protein antigen
  • the antibody has the following characteristics: (i) the antibody recognizes epitopes of a protein component of the antigen, but does not recognize the epitopes of the carbohydrate component(s) of the antigen; (ii) the antigen is not detectable on normal human tissue; and (iii) the antigen is not detectable on human carcinoma cells other than colon carcinoma cells.
  • the CDR of the synthetic modified antibody includes an amino acid sequence that immunospecifically binds an antigen which is not detectable on human carcinoma cells other than breast carcinoma cells.
  • the CDR of the synthetic modified antibody includes an amino acid sequence that immunospecifically binds an antigen is not detectable on human carcinoma cells other than ovarian carcinoma cells.
  • Malignancies and related disorders that can be treated or prevented by administration of a Therapeutic of the invention include but are not limited to those listed in Table 2 (for a review of such disorders, see Fishman et al., 1985, Medicine, 2d Ed.. J.B. Lippincott Co.,
  • malignancy or dysproliferative changes are treated or prevented in the ovary, bladder, breast, colon, lung, skin, pancreas, prostate, uterus, gastrointestinal tract, B lymphocytes or T lymphocytes.
  • sarcoma, melanoma, or leukemia is treated or prevented.
  • the Therapeutics of the invention can also be administered to treat premalignant conditions and to prevent progression to a neoplastic or malignant state, including, but not limited to. those disorders listed in Table 3.
  • Such prophylactic or therapeutic use is indicated in conditions known or suspected of preceding progression to neoplasia or cancer, in particular, where non-neoplastic cell growth consisting of hype ⁇ lasia. metaplasia, or most particularly, dysplasia has occurred (for review of such abnormal growth conditions, see Robbins and Angell, 1976, Basic Pathology, 2d Ed., W.B. Saunders Co., Philadelphia, pp.
  • Hype ⁇ lasia is a form of controlled cell proliferation involving an increase in cell number in a tissue or organ, without significant alteration in structure or function. As but one example, endometrial hype ⁇ lasia often precedes endometrial cancer. Metaplasia is a form of controlled cell growth in which one type of adult or fully differentiated cell substitutes for another type of adult cell. Metaplasia can occur in epithelial or connective tissue cells. Atypical metaplasia involves a somewhat disorderly metaplastic epithelium.
  • Dysplasia is frequently a forerunner of cancer, and is found mainly in the epithelia; it is the most disorderly form of non-neoplastic cell growth, involving a loss in individual cell uniformity and in the architectural orientation of cells.
  • Dysplastic cells often have abnormally large, deeply stained nuclei, and exhibit pleomo ⁇ hism.
  • Dysplasia characteristically occurs where there exists chronic irritation or inflammation, and is often found in the cervix, respiratory passages, oral cavity, and gall bladder.
  • the presence of one or more characteristics of a transformed phenotype, or of a malignant phenotype, displayed in vivo or displayed in vitro by a cell sample from a patient can indicate the desirability of prophylactic/therapeutic administration of a Therapeutic.
  • characteristics of a transformed phenotype include mo ⁇ hology changes, looser substratum attachment, loss of contact inhibition, loss of anchorage dependence, protease release, increased sugar transport, decreased serum requirement, expression of fetal antigens, disappearance of the 250,000 dalton cell surface protein, etc. (see also id., at pp. 84-90 for characteristics associated with a transformed or malignant phenotype).
  • leukoplakia a benign-appearing hype ⁇ lastic or dysplastic lesion of the epithelium, or Bowen's disease, a carcinoma in situ, are pre-neoplastic lesions indicative of the desirability of prophylactic intervention.
  • fibrocystic disease cystic hype ⁇ lasia, mammary dysplasia, particularly adenosis (benign epithelial hype ⁇ lasia) is indicative of the desirability of prophylactic intervention.
  • a patient which exhibits one or more of the following predisposing factors for malignancy is treated by administration of an effective amount of the Therapeutic of the invention: a chromosomal translocation associated with a malignancy (e.g., the Philadelphia chromosome for chronic myelogenous leukemia.
  • a chromosomal translocation associated with a malignancy e.g., the Philadelphia chromosome for chronic myelogenous leukemia.
  • t(14;18) for follicular lymphoma, etc. familial polyposis or Gardner's syndrome (possible forerunners of colon cancer), benign monoclonal gammopathy (a possible forerunner of multiple myeloma), and a first degree kinship with persons having a cancer or precancerous disease showing a Mendelian (genetic) inheritance pattern (e.g., familial polyposis of the colon, Gardner's syndrome, hereditary exostosis, polyendocrine adenomatosis.
  • Mendelian genetic inheritance pattern
  • medullary thyroid carcinoma with amyloid production and pheochromocytoma pheochromocytoma
  • Peutz-Jeghers syndrome neurofibromatosis of Von Recklinghausen
  • retinoblastoma carotid body tumor
  • cutaneous melanocarcinoma intraocular melanocarcinoma
  • xeroderma pigmentosum ataxia telangiectasia
  • Chediak-Higashi syndrome albinism
  • Fanconi's aplastic anemia and Bloom's syndrome
  • Robbins and Angell 1976, Basic Pathology, 2d Ed., W.B. Saunders Co., Philadelphia, pp. 112-113
  • Therapeutics of the invention is administered to a human patient to prevent progression to ovary, breast, colon, lung, pancreatic, bladder, skin, prostate, colon, gastrointestinal, B lymphocyte, T lymphocyte or uterine cancer, or melanoma or sarcoma.
  • the invention also provides methods of treating or preventing an infectious disease by administration of a Therapeutic of the invention, in particular, a synthetic modified immunoglobulin (or the functionally active fragment thereof) that immunospecifically binds an antigen of the agent causing the infectious disease or a cellular receptor for the infectious disease agent, or an enzyme expressed by the infectious diseases agent.
  • the infectious agents include, but are not limited to, viruses, bacteria, fungi, protozoa, and parasites.
  • infectious diseases are treated or prevented by administration of a modified antibody of the immunoglobin (or functionally active fragment thereof) that immunospecifically recognizes one of the following antigens of an infectious disease agent: influenza virus hemagglutinin (Genbank accession no.
  • transmissible gastroenteritis matrix protein swine rotavirus glycoprotein 38, swine parvovirus capsid protein, Serpulina hydodysenteriae ⁇ roxectiv&>2.n gcn, bovine viral 5 diarrhea glycoprotein 55, Newcastle disease virus •hemagglutinin-neuraminidase, swine flu hemagglutinin, swine flu neuraminidase, foot and mouth disease virus, hog colera virus, swine influenza virus, African swine fever virus, Mycoplasma hyopneumoniae, infectious
  • infectious bovine rhinotracheitis virus e.g., infectious bovine rhinotracheitis virus glycoprotein E or glycoprotein G
  • infectious laryngotracheitis virus e.g., infectious laryngotracheitis virus 0 glycoprotein G or glycoprotein I
  • a glycoprotein of La Crosse virus Gonzales-Scarano et al., 1982, Virology 120:42
  • neonatal calf diarrhea virus Matsuno and Inouye, 1983, Infection and Immunity 39:155
  • Venezuelan equine encephalomyelitis virus (Mathews and Roehrig, 1982, J Immunol.
  • hepatitis B virus core protein and/or hepatitis B virus surface antigen or a fragment or derivative thereof see, e.g., U.K. Patent Publication No. GB 2034323 A published June 4, 1980; Ganem and Varmus, 1987, Ann. Rev. Biochem.
  • antigen of equine influenza virus or equine he ⁇ esvirus e.g., equine influenza virus type A/ Alaska 91 neuraminidase, equine influenza virus type A/Miami 63 neuraminidase, equine influenza virus type A/Kentucky 81 neuraminidase equine he ⁇ esvirus type 1 glycoprotein B, and equine he ⁇ esvirus type 1 glycoprotein D
  • antigen of bovine respiratory syncytial virus or bovine parainfluenza virus e.g., bovine respiratory syncytial virus attachment protein (BRSV G), bovine respiratory syncytial virus fusion protein (BRSV F), bovine respiratory syncytial virus nucleocapsid protein (BRSV N), bovine parainfluenza virus type 3 fusion protein, and the bovine parainfluenza virus type 3 fusion protein, and the bovine parainfluen
  • Cellular receptors that can be targeted for treatment of an infectious disease are listed in Table 3, along with the pathogen which binds to the cellular receptor.
  • Viral diseases that can be treated or prevented by the methods of the present invention include, but are not limited to, those caused by hepatitis type A, hepatitis type B, hepatitis type C, influenza, varicella, adenovirus, he ⁇ es simplex type I (HSV-I), he ⁇ es simplex type II (HSV-II), rinde ⁇ est, rhinovirus, echovirus, rotavirus, respiratory syncytial virus, papilloma virus, papova virus, cytomegalovirus, echinovirus, arbovirus, hantavirus, coxsachie virus, mumps virus, measles virus, rubella virus, polio virus, human immunodeficiency virus type I (HIV-I), and human immunodeficiency virus type II (HIV-II), any picomaviridae, enteroviruses, caliciviridae, any of t Norwalk group of viruses, togaviruses, such
  • Bacterial diseases that can be treated or prevented by the methods of the present invention are caused by bacteria including, but not limited to, mycobacteria rickettsia, mycoplasma, Neisseri spp. (e.g., Neisseria mennigitidis and Neisseria gonorrhoeae), legionella, Vibrio cholerae, Streptococci, such as Streptococcus pneumoniae, corynebacteria diphtheriae, clostridium tetani. bordetella pertussis, Haemophilus spp. (e.g., influenzae), Chlamydia spp., Enterotoxigenic Escherichia coli, etc.
  • mycobacteria rickettsia mycoplasma
  • Neisseri spp. e.g., Neisseria mennigitidis and Neisseria gonorrhoeae
  • legionella Vibrio
  • Protozoal diseases that can be treated or prevented by the methods of the present invention are caused by protozoa including, but not limited to, plasmodia, eimeria, leishmania,
  • the Therapeutic is administered in conjunction with an appropriate antibiotic, antifungal, anti-viral or any other drug useful in treating or preventing the infectious disease.
  • the synthetic modified antibody is ⁇ Q conjugated to a compound effective against the infectious disease agent to which the synthetic modified antibody is directed, for example, an antibiotic, antifungal or anti-viral agent.
  • the modified immunoglobulin has one CDR containing a binding site for an antigen of an infectious disease agent and another CDR containing a binding site for a molecule on the surface of an immune cell, such as but not limited to a T cell, a B cell, NK cell,
  • nucleic acids comprising a sequence encoding a synthetic modified antibody of the invention are administered to treat or prevent a disease or disorder associated with the expression of a molecule to which the synthetic modified antibody
  • the therapeutic nucleic acid encodes a sequence that produces intracellularly (without a leader sequence) or intercellularly (with a leader sequence) a modified immunoglobulin of the invention. 5 Any of the methods for gene therapy available in the art can be used according to the present invention. Exemplary methods are described below.
  • the therapeutic nucleic acid comprises an expression vector that expresses the modified immunoglobulin (or fragment thereof) in a suitable host.
  • a nucleic acid has a promoter operably linked to the coding sequence for the modified synthetic antibody, said promoter being inducible or constituitive, and, optionally, tissue- specific.
  • a nucleic acid molecule is used in which the antibody coding sequences and any other desired sequences are flanked by regions that promote homologous recombination at a desired site in the genome, thus providing for intrachromosomal expression of the modified antibody (Koller and Smithies, 1989, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci.
  • nucleic acid Delivery of the nucleic acid into a patient may be either direct, in which case the patient is directly exposed to the nucleic acid or nucleic acid-carrying vector or a delivery complex, or indirect, in which case, cells are first transformed with the nucleic acid in vitro, then transplanted into the patient. These two approaches are known, respectively, as in vivo or ex vivo gene therapy.
  • the nucleic acid is directly administered in vivo, where it is expressed to produce the antibodies.
  • biopolymers e.g., poly- ⁇ -l->4-N-acetylglucosamine polysaccharide; see U.S. Patent No.
  • a nucleic acid- ligand complex can be formed in which the ligand comprises a fusogenic viral peptide to disrupt endosomes, allowing the nucleic acid to avoid lysosomal degradation.
  • the nucleic acid can be targeted in vivo for cell specific uptake and expression, by targeting a specific receptor (see, e.g., PCT Publications WO 92/06180 dated April 16, 1992 (Wu et al.); WO 92/22635 dated December 23, 1992 (Wilson et al.); WO92/20316 dated November 26, 1992 (Findeis et al.); WO93/14188 dated July 22, 1993 (Young).
  • a specific receptor see, e.g., PCT Publications WO 92/06180 dated April 16, 1992 (Wu et al.); WO 92/22635 dated December 23, 1992 (Wilson et al.); WO92/20316 dated November 26, 1992 (Findeis et al.); WO93/14188 dated July 22, 1993 (Young).
  • the nucleic acid can be introduced intracellularly and inco ⁇ orated within host cell DNA for expression, by homologous recombination (Koller and Smithies, 1989, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 86:8932-8935; Zijlstra et al., 1989, Nature 342:435-4381.
  • single chain antibodies can also be administered, for example, by expressing nucleotide sequences encoding single-chain antibodies within the target cell population by utilizing, for example, techniques such as those described in Marasco et al. (Marasco et al., 1993, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 90:7889-7893).
  • Adenoviruses are other viral vectors that can be used in gene therapy. Adenoviruses are especially attractive vehicles for delivering genes to respiratory epithelia where they cause a mild disease. Other targets for adenovirus-based delivery systems are liver, the central nervous system, endothelial cells, and muscle. Adenoviruses have the advantage of being capable of infecting non-dividing cells.
  • Adeno-associat ⁇ d virus has also been proposed for use in gene therapy (Walsh et al., 1993, Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol. Med. 204:289-300).
  • the form and amount of therapeutic nucleic acid envisioned for use depends on the type of disease and the severity of the desired effect, patient state, etc., and can be determined by one skilled in the art.
  • the modified antibody of the present invention may be used as a vaccine in a subject in which immunity for the binding site for the particular molecule or antigen is desired.
  • the vaccines and methods of the present invention may be used either to prevent a disease or disorder, or to treat a particular disease or disorder, where an anti-idiotype response against a ⁇ particular synthetic antibody is therapeutically or prophylaclically useful.
  • the methods and compositions of the present invention may be used to elicit a humoral and/or a cell-mediated response against the synthetic antibody of the vaccine in a subject.
  • the methods and compositions elicit a humoral response against the administered synthetic antibody in a subject.
  • the methods and compositions elicit a cell-mediated response against the administered synthetic antibody in a subject, in a preferred embodiment, the methods and compositions elicit both a humoral and a cell-mediated response.
  • compositions containing a modified immunoglobulin for use in accordance with the present invention can be formulated in any conventional manner using one or more physiologically acceptable carriers or excipients.
  • modified immunoglobulins or functionally active fragments thereof or nucleic acids encoding the antibodies or fragments
  • physiologically acceptable salts and solvents can be formulated for administration by inhalation or insufflation (either through the mouth or the nose) or oral, buccal, parenteral or rectal administration.
  • the Therapeutics can take the form of, for example, tablets or capsules prepared by conventional means with pharmaceutically acceptable excipients such as binding agents (e.g., pregelatinised maize starch, polyvinylpyrrolidone or hydroxypropyl methylcellulose); fillers (e.g., lactose, microcrystalline cellulose or calcium hydrogen phosphate); lubricants (e.g., magnesium stearate, talc or silica); disintegrants (e.g., potato starch or sodium starch glycolate); or wetting agents (e.g., sodium lauryl sulphate).
  • binding agents e.g., pregelatinised maize starch, polyvinylpyrrolidone or hydroxypropyl methylcellulose
  • fillers e.g., lactose, microcrystalline cellulose or calcium hydrogen phosphate
  • lubricants e.g., magnesium stearate, talc or silica
  • disintegrants e.g., potato starch or
  • Liquid preparations for oral administration can take the form of, for example, solutions, syrups or suspensions, or they can be presented as a dry product for constitution with water or other suitable vehicle before use.
  • Such liquid preparations can be prepared by conventional means with pharmaceutically acceptable additives such as suspending agents (e.g., sorbitol syrup, cellulose derivatives or hydrogenated edible fats); emulsifying agents (e.g., lecithin or acacia); non-aqueous vehicles (e.g., almond oil, oily esters, ethyl alcohol or fractionated vegetable oils); and preservatives (e.g., methyl or propyl-p-hydroxybenzoates or sorbic acid).
  • the preparations can also contain buffer salts, flavoring, coloring and sweetening agents as appropriate.
  • Preparations for oral administration can be suitably formulated to give controlled release of the active compound.
  • the Therapeutics can take the form of tablets or lozenges formulated in conventional manner.
  • the Therapeutics according to the present invention are conveniently delivered in the form of an aerosol spray presentation from pressurized packs or a nebulizer, with the use of a suitable propellant, e.g., dichlorodifluoromethane, trichlorofluoromethane, dichlorotetrafluoroethane, carbon dioxide or other suitable gas.
  • a suitable propellant e.g., dichlorodifluoromethane, trichlorofluoromethane, dichlorotetrafluoroethane, carbon dioxide or other suitable gas.
  • a suitable propellant e.g., dichlorodifluoromethane, trichlorofluoromethane, dichlorotetrafluoroethane, carbon dioxide or other suitable gas.
  • a suitable propellant e.g., dichlorodifluoromethane, trichlorofluo
  • the Therapeutics can be formulated for parenteral administration (/ ' . e. , intravenous or intramuscular) by injection, via, for example, bolus injection or continuous infusion.
  • Formulations for injection can be presented in unit dosage form, e.g., in ampoules or in multi-dose containers, with an added preservative.
  • the compositions can take such forms as suspensions, solutions or emulsions in oily or aqueous vehicles, and can contain formulatory agents such as suspending, stabilizing and/or dispersing agents.
  • the active ingredient can be in powder form for constitution with a suitable vehicle, e.g., sterile pyrogen-free water, before use.
  • the Therapeutics can also be formulated in rectal compositions such as suppositories or retention enemas, e.g., containing conventional suppository bases such as cocoa butter or other glycerides.
  • the Therapeutics can also be formulated as a depot preparation.
  • Such long acting formulations can be administered by implantation (for example subcutaneously or intramuscularly) or by intramuscular injection.
  • the compounds can be formulated with suitable polymeric or hydrophobic materials (for example as an emulsion in an acceptable oil) or ion exchange resins, or as sparingly soluble derivatives, for example, as a sparingly soluble salt.
  • the modified immunoglobulins of the invention may be administered as separate compositions or as a single composition with more than one antibodies linked by conventional chemical or by molecular biological methods.
  • the diagnostic and therapeutic value of the antibodies of the invention may be augmented by their use in combination with radionuclides or with toxins such as ricin or with chemotherapeutic agents such as methotrexate.
  • composition if desired, can also contain minor amounts of wetting or emulsifying agents, or pH buffering agents.
  • the composition can be a liquid solution, suspension, emulsion, tablet, pill, capsule, sustained release formulation, or powder.
  • Oral formulation can include standard carriers such as pharmaceutical grades of mannitol, lactose, starch, magnesium stearate, sodium saccharine, cellulose, magnesium carbonate, etc.
  • the ingredients are supplied either separately or mixed together in unit dosage form, for example, as a dry lyophilized powder or water free concentrate in a hermetically sealed container such as an ampoule or sachette indicating the quantity of active agent.
  • a hermetically sealed container such as an ampoule or sachette indicating the quantity of active agent.
  • an ampoule of sterile diluent can be provided so that the ingredients may be mixed prior to administration.
  • the invention also provides a pharmaceutical pack or kit comprising one or more containers filled with one or more of the ingredients of the vaccine formulations of the invention. Associated with such container(s) can be a notice in the form prescribed by a governmental agency regulating the manufacture, use or sale of pharmaceuticals or biological products, which notice reflects approval by the agency of manufacture, use or sale for human administration.
  • compositions may, if desired, be presented in a pack or dispenser device which may contain one or more unit dosage forms containing the active ingredient.
  • the pack may for example comprise metal or plastic foil, such as a blister pack.
  • the pack or dispenser device may be accompanied by instructions for administration.
  • Composition comprising a compound of the invention formulated in a compatible pharmaceutical carrier may also be prepared, placed in an appropriate container, and labelled for treatment of an indicated condition.
  • vaccine formulations of the invention include but are not limited to oral, intracerebral, intradermal, intramuscular, intraperitoneal, intravenous, subcutaneous, intranasal routes, and via scarification (scratching through the top layers of skin, e.g , using a bifurcated needle) or any other standard routes of immunization.
  • the precise dose of the modified immunoglobulin molecule to be employed in the formulation will also depend on the route of administration, and the nature of the patient, and should be decided according to the judgment of the practitioner and each patient's circumstances according to standard clinical techniques.
  • An effective immunizing amount is that amount sufficient to produce an immune response to the synthetic antibody in the host to which the vaccine preparation is administered. Effective doses may also be extrapolated from dose-response curves derived from animal model test systems.
  • the compounds and nucleic acid sequences described herein can be administered to a patient at therapeutically effective doses to treat certain diseases or disorders such as cancers or infectious diseases.
  • a therapeutically effective dose refers to that amount of a compound sufficient to result in a healthful benefit in the treated subject.
  • Toxicity and therapeutic efficacy of compounds can be determined by standard pharmaceutical procedures in cell cultures or experimental animals, e.g., for determining the LD 50 (the dose lethal to 50% of the population) and the ED 50 (the dose therapeutically effective in 50% of the population).
  • the dose ratio between toxic and therapeutic effects is the therapeutic index and it can be expressed as the ratio LO 5O /ED 50 .
  • Compounds which exhibit large therapeutic indices are preferred. While compounds that exhibit toxic side effects can be used, care should be taken to design a delivery system that targets such compounds to the site of affected tissue in order to minimize potential damage to uninfected cells and, thereby, reduce side effects.
  • the data obtained from the cell culture assays and animal studies can be used in formulating a range of dosage for use in humans.
  • the dosage of such compounds lies preferably within a range of circulating concentrations that include the ED 50 with little or no toxicity.
  • the dosage can vary within this range depending upon the dosage form employed and the route of administration utilized.
  • the therapeutically effective dose can be estimated initially from cell culture assays.
  • a dose can be formulated in animal models to achieve a circulating plasma concentration range that includes the IC 50 (i.e., the concentration of the test compound which achieves a half-maximal inhibition of symptoms) as determined in cell culture.
  • IC 50 i.e., the concentration of the test compound which achieves a half-maximal inhibition of symptoms
  • levels in plasma can be measured, for example, by high performance liquid chromatography.
  • the invention also provides vaccine formulations containing Therapeutics of the invention, which vaccine formulations are suitable for administration to elicit a protective immune (humoral and/or cell mediated) response against certain antigens , e.g., for the treatment and prevention of diseases.
  • a protective immune humoral and/or cell mediated
  • Suitable preparations of such vaccines include injectables, either as liquid solutions or suspensions; solid forms suitable for solution in. suspension in, liquid prior to injection, may also be prepared.
  • the preparation may also be emulsified, or the polypeptides encapsulated in liposomes.
  • the active immunogenic ingredients are often mixed with excipients which are pharmaceutically acceptable and compatible with the active ingredient.
  • Suitable excipients are, for example, water, saline, buttered saline, dextrose, glycerol, ethanol, sterile isotonic aqueous buffer or the like and combinations thereof.
  • the vaccine preparation may also include minor amounts of auxiliary substances such as wetting or emulsifying agents, pH buffering agents, and or adjuvants which enhance the effectiveness of the vaccine.
  • adjuvants which may be effective, include, but are not limited to: aluminim hydroxide, N-acetyl-muramyl-L-threonyl-D-isoglutamine (thr-MDP), N-acetyl- nor-muramyl-L-alanyl-D-isoglutamine, N-acetylmuramyl-L-alanyl-D-isoglutaminyl-L- alanine-2-(r-2'-dipalmitoyl-sn-glycero-3-hydroxyphosphoryloxy)-ethylamine.
  • aluminim hydroxide N-acetyl-muramyl-L-threonyl-D-isoglutamine (thr-MDP)
  • thr-MDP N-acetyl- nor-muramyl-L-alanyl-D-isoglutamine
  • composition can be a liquid solution, suspension, emulsion, tablet, pill, capsule, sustained release formulation, or powder.
  • Oral formulation can include standard carriers such as pharmaceutical grades of mannitol, lactose, starch, magnesium stearate, sodium saccharine, cellulose, magnesium carbonate, etc.
  • the ingredients are supplied either separately or mixed together in unit dosage form, for example, as a dry lyophilized powder or water free concentrate in a hermetically sealed container such as an ampoule or sachette indicating the quantity of active agent.
  • a hermetically sealed container such as an ampoule or sachette indicating the quantity of active agent.
  • an ampoule of sterile diluent can be provided so that the ingredients may be mixed prior to administration.
  • the lyophilized modified immunoglobulin of the invention is provided in a first container; a second container comprises diluent consisting of an aqueous solution of 50% glycerin, 0.25% phenol, and an antiseptic (e.g., 0.005% brilliant green).
  • a second container comprises diluent consisting of an aqueous solution of 50% glycerin, 0.25% phenol, and an antiseptic (e.g., 0.005% brilliant green).
  • the invention also provides a pharmaceutical pack or kit comprising one or more
  • containers filled with one cr more of the ingredients of the vaccine formulations of the invention can be a notice in the form prescribed by a governmental agency regulating the manufacture, use or sale of pharmaceuticals or biological products, which notice reflects approval by the agency of manufacture, use or sale for human administration.
  • compositions may, if desired, be presented in a pack or dispenser device which may contain one or more unit dosage forms containing the active ingredient.
  • the pack may for example comprise metal or plastic foil, such as a blister pack.
  • the pack or dispenser device may be accompanied by instructions for administration.
  • Composition comprising a compound of the invention formulated in a compatible pharmaceutical carrier may also be
  • the subject to which the vaccine is administered is preferably a mammal, most preferably a human, but can also be a non-human animal including but not limited to cows, horses, sheep, pigs, fowl (e.g., chickens), goats, cats, dogs, hamsters, mice and rats.
  • cows horses, sheep, pigs, fowl (e.g., chickens), goats, cats, dogs, hamsters, mice and rats.
  • the precise dose of the modified immunoglobulin molecule to be employed in the formulation will also depend on the route of administration, and the nature of the patient, and should be decided according to the judgment of the practitioner and each patient's circumstances according to standard clinical techniques.
  • An effective immunizing amount is that amount sufficient to produce an immune response to the modified immunoglobulin molecule in the host (i.e., an anti-idiotype reaction) to which the vaccine preparation is administered. Effective doses may also be extrapolated from dose-response curves derived from animal model test systems.
  • Modified immunoglobulins particularly antibodies, (and functionally active fragments thereof) that bind a specific molecule that is a member of a binding pair may be used as diagnostics and prognostics, as described herein.
  • the present invention provides the measurement of a member of the binding pair, and the uses of such measurements in clinical applications.
  • the modified immunoglobulins in the present invention may be used, for example, in the detection of an antigen in a biological sample whereby patients may be tested for aberrant levels of the molecule to which the modified immunoglobulin binds, and/or for the presence of abnormal forms of such molecules.
  • aberrant levels is meant increased or decreased relative to that present, or a standard level representing that present, in an analogous sample from a portion of the body or from a subject not having the disorder.
  • the modified antibodies of this invention may also be included as a reagent in a kit for use in a diagnostic or prognostic technique.
  • a modified antibody of the invention that immunospecifically binds to a cancer or tumor antigen or an antigen of an infectious disease agent may be used to diagnose, prognose or screen for a cancer or tumor or an infectious disease associated with the expression of the cancer or tumor antigen or the antigen of the infectious disease agent.
  • the invention provides a method of diagnosing or screening for the presence of or a predisposition for developing a cancer characterized by the increased presence of a cancer antigen, which is a first member of a binding pair consisting of said first member and a second member, said method comprising measuring in a subject the level of immunospecific binding of a modified antibody to a sample derived from the subject, in which said modified antibody immunospecifically binds said cancer antigen and in which said modified antibody comprises a variable domain having at least one CDR containing portion of said second member, said portion containing a binding site for said cancer antigen and not being found naturally within said CDR, in which an increase in the level of said immunospecific binding, relative to the level of said immunospecific binding in an analogous sample from a subject not having the cancer or a predisposition for developing the cancer, indicates the presence of ⁇ o the cancer or a predisposition for developing the cancer.
  • the invention provides a method of diagnosing or screening for the presence of an infectious disease agent, characterized by the presence of an antigen of said infectious disease agent, which antigen is a first member of a binding pair consisting of said first member and a second member, said method comprising measuring in
  • a subject the level of immunospecific binding of a modified antibody to a sample derived from the subject, in which said modified antibody immunospecifically binds said antigen and in which said modified antibody comprises a variable domain having at least one CDR containing an at least four amino acid portion of said second member, said portion containing a binding site for said antigen and not being found naturally within said CDR, in
  • the invention provides a method for detecting abnormal levels of a particular ligand or receptor in a sample derived from a subject by comparing the immunospecific binding of a modified antibody that binds the particular ligand or receptor to the sample with the immunospecific binding of the modified antibody to a sample having normal levels of the ligand or receptor.
  • the measurement of a molecule that is bound by a modified antibody can be valuable in detecting and/or staging diseases related to the molecule in a subject, in
  • the following assays are designed to detect molecules to which the modified antibodies immunospecifically bind.
  • these diagnostic methods may be used to detect abnormalities in the level of gene expression, or abnormalities in the structure and/or temporal, tissue, cellular, or subcellular location of the particular molecule to be assayed.
  • the tissue or cell type to be analyzed will generally include those which are known, or suspected, to express the particular molecule.
  • the protein isolation methods employed herein may, for example, be such as those described in Harlow and Lane (Harlow, E. and Lane, D., 1988, “Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual", Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, New York).
  • the isolated cells can be derived from cell culture or from a patient.
  • the modified antibodies (or functionally active fragments thereof) useful in the present invention may, additionally, be employed histologically, as in immunofluorescence or immunoelectron microscopy, for in situ detection of the molecule.
  • In situ detection may be accomplished by removing a histological specimen from a patient, such as paraffin embedded sections of affected tissues and applying thereto a labeled modified antibody of the present invention.
  • the modified antibody (or functionally active fragment thereof) is preferably applied by overlaying the labeled modified antibody onto a biological sample. If the molecule to which the antibody binds is present in the cytoplasm, it may be desirable to introduce the modified antibody inside the cell, for example, by making the cell membrane permeable.
  • Immunoassays for the particular molecule will typically comprise incubating a sample, such as a biological fluid, a tissue extract, freshly harvested cells, or lysates of cultured cells, in the presence of a detectably labeled modified antibody and detecting the bound antibody by any of a number of techniques well-known in the art.
  • a sample such as a biological fluid, a tissue extract, freshly harvested cells, or lysates of cultured cells.
  • the biological sample may be brought in contact with and immobilized onto a solid phase support or carrier such as nitrocellulose, or other solid support which is capable of immobilizing cells, cell particles or soluble proteins.
  • a solid phase support or carrier such as nitrocellulose, or other solid support which is capable of immobilizing cells, cell particles or soluble proteins.
  • the support may then be washed with suitable buffers followed by treatment with the detectably labeled modified antibody.
  • the solid phase support may then be washed with the buffer a second time to remove unbound antibody.
  • the amount of bound label on solid support may then be detected by conventional means.
  • solid phase support or carrier any support capable of binding an antigen or an antibody.
  • supports or carriers include glass, polystyrene, polypropylene, polyethylene, dextran, nylon, amylases, natural and modified celluloses, polyacrylamides, gabbros, and magnetite.
  • the nature of the carrier can be either soluble to some extent or insoluble for the pu ⁇ oses of the present invention.
  • the support material may have virtually any possible structural configuration so long as the coupled molecule is capable of binding to an antigen or antibody.
  • the support configuration may be spherical, as in a bead, or cylindrical, as in the inside surface of a test tube, or the external surface of a rod.
  • the surface may be flat such as a sheet, test strip, etc.
  • Preferred supports include polystyrene beads. Those skilled in the art will know many other suitable carriers for binding antibody or antigen, or will be able to ascertain the same by use of routine experimentation.
  • the binding activity of a given modified antibody may be determined according to well known methods. Those skilled in the art will be able to determine operative and optimal assay conditions for each determination by employing routine experimentation.
  • EIA enzyme immunoassay
  • the enzyme which is bound to the modified antibody will react with an appropriate substrate, preferably a chromogenic substrate, in such a manner as to produce a chemical moiety which can be detected, for example, by spectrophotometric, fiuorimetric or by visual means.
  • Enzymes which can be used to detectably label the modified antibody include, but are not limited to, malate dehydrogenase, staphylococcal nuclease, delta-5-steroid isomerase, yeast alcohol dehydrogenase, alpha- glycerophosphate, dehydrogenase, triose phosphate isomerase, horseradish peroxidase, alkaline phosphatase, asparaginase, glucose oxidase, beta-galactosidase, ribonuclease, urease, catalase, glucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase, glucoamylase and acetylcholinesterase.
  • the detection can be accomplished by colorimetric methods which employ a chromogenic substrate for the enzyme. Detection may also be accomplished by visual comparison of the extent of enzymatic reaction of a substrate in comparison with similarly prepared standards.
  • Detection may also be accomplished using any of a variety of other immunoassays.
  • a radioimmunoassay RIA
  • the radioactive isotope can be detected by such means as the use of a gamma counter or a scintillation counter or by autoradiography.
  • the modified antibody can also be detectably labeled using fluorescence emitting metals such as 152 Eu, or others of the lanthanide series. These metals can be attached to the antibody using such metal chelating groups as diethylenetriaminepentacetic acid (DTP A) or ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA).
  • DTP A diethylenetriaminepentacetic acid
  • EDTA ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid
  • chemiluminescent compound 15 chemiluminescent compound.
  • the presence of the chemiluminescent-tagged antibody is then determined by detecting the presence of luminescence that arises during the course of a chemical reaction.
  • chemiluminescent labeling compounds are luminol, isoluminol, theromatic acridinium ester, imidazole, acridinium salt and oxalate ester.
  • a bioluminescent compound may be used to label the synthetic modified antibody of the present invention.
  • Bioluminescence is a type of chemiluminescence found in biological systems, in which a catalytic protein increases the efficiency of the chemiluminescent reaction. The presence of a bioluminescent protein is determined by detecting the presence of luminescence. Important bioluminescent compounds for pu ⁇ oses
  • 25 of labeling are luciferin, luciferase and aequorin.
  • the Therapeutics of the invention are preferably tested in vitro, and then in vivo, for the desired therapeutic or prophylactic activity, prior to use in humans.
  • in 3 Q vitro assays that can be used to determine whether administration of a specific Therapeutic is indicated include in vitro cell culture assays in which appropriate cells from a cell line or cells cultured from a patient having a particular disease or disorder are exposed to or otherwise administered a Therapeutic, and the effect of the Therapeutic on the cells is observed.
  • the potential efficacy of the modified immunoglobulin may be assayed by contacting the Therapeutic to cultured cells (either from a patient or cultured cell line) and then assaying for cell survival or growth using any method known in the art, for example,
  • cell proliferation can be assayed by measuring 3 H-thymidine inco ⁇ oration, by direct cell count, by detecting changes in transcriptional activity of known genes such as proto- oncogens e.g.,fos, myc) or cell cycle markers; cell viability can be assessed by trypan blue staining, differentiation can be assessed visually based on changes in mo ⁇ hology, etc.
  • the potential efficacy of the antibody may be assayed by contacting the Therapeutic to cultured cells (either from a patient or cultured cell line) that are infected with the infectious disease agent and then assaying the cells for reduction in the infectious disease agent or for reduction in physiological indicators of infection with the infectious disease agent.
  • the Therapeutic is a modified antibody that recognizes an antigen of an ⁇ Q infectious disease agent or a cellular receptor for an infectious disease agent
  • the potential efficacy of the antibody may be assayed by contacting the Therapeutic to cultured cells (either from a patient or cultured cell line) that are infected with the infectious disease agent and then assaying the cells for reduction in the infectious disease agent or for reduction in physiological indicators of infection with the infectious disease agent.
  • the Therapeutic is a modified antibody that recognizes an antigen of an ⁇ Q infectious disease agent or a cellular receptor for an infectious disease agent
  • the potential efficacy of the antibody may be assayed by contacting the Therapeutic to cultured cells (either from a patient or cultured cell
  • c Therapeutic may be assayed by contacting the Therapeutic to cells (either cultured from a patient or from a cultured cell line) that are susceptible to infection by the infectious disease agent but that are not infected with the infectious disease agent, exposing the cells to the infectious disease agent, and then determining whether the infection rate of cells contacted with the Therapeutic was lower than the infection rate of cells not so contacted with the
  • Infection of cells with an infectious disease agent may be assayed by any method known in the art.
  • the Therapeutic is a modified immunoglobulin specific for a particular ligand or receptor
  • the potential efficacy of the modified immunoglobulin may be tested by contacting the Therapeutic to cultured cells (either from a patient or cultured cell line) that 5 express the receptor member of the binding pair and determining whether the Therapeutic prevents ligand binding to the receptor and/or receptor signaling or if the Therapeutic stimulates receptor signaling.
  • These indicators can be measured by any method known in the art for measuring ligand-receptor binding and receptor signaling (e.g., as exemplified in Section 6).
  • the Therapeutics may also be tested for efficacy in appropriate animal models, and in clinical trials, in humans.
  • the efficacy of the Therapeutic may be determined by any method in the art, for example, after administration of the Therapeutic to the animal model or to the humann subject, the animal or human subject is evaluated for any indicator of the disease or disorder that the Therapeutic is intended to treat. For example, the efficacy of the
  • Therapeutic can be assessed by measuring the level of the molecule against which the modified antibody is directed in the animal model or human subject at suitable time intervals - before, during, or after therapy. Any change or absence of change in the amount of the molecule can be identified and correlated with the effect of the treatment on the subject.
  • the level of the molecule can be determined by any method known in the art, e.g., by any of the immunoassay methods described in Section 5.5, supra, or 5.7, infra.
  • the modified antibodies may be tested for efficacy by monitoring the subject for improvement or recovery from the particular disease or condition associated with the molecule against which the synthetic modified antibody is directed.
  • the modified antibody is directed against a tumor or a cancer antigen
  • the progress of the ⁇ o particular tumor or cancer may be followed by any diagnostic or screening method known for monitoring cancer or a tumor.
  • the process of the cancer or tumor may be monitored by assaying the levels of the particular cancer or tumor antigen (or another antigen associated with the particular cancer or tumor) either in the serum of the subject or by injecting a labeled antibody specific for the antigen.
  • CT computer tomographic
  • sonograms sonograms
  • any other imaging method may be used to monitor the progression of the cancer or tumor.
  • Biopsies may also be performed. Before carrying out such trials in humans, the tests for efficacy of the modified immunoglobulins can be performed in animal models of the particular cancer or tumor.
  • the efficacy of the modified antibody can be assayed by administering the modified antibody to a subject (either a human subject or an animal model for the disease) and then monitoring either the levels of the particular infectious disease agent or symptoms of the particular infectious disease.
  • the levels of the 5 infectious disease agent may be determined by any method known in the art, for assaying the levels of an infectious disease agent, e.g., the viral titer, in the case of a virus, or bacterial levels (for example, by culturing of a sample from the patient), etc.
  • the levels of the infectious disease agent may also be determined by measuring the levels of the antigen against which the modified immunoglobulin was directed. A decrease in the levels of the 0 infectious disease agent or an amelioration of the symptoms of the infectious disease indicates that the modified antibody is effective.
  • the immunopotency of a vaccine formulation containing the modified antibody of the invention can be determined by monitoring the anti-idiotypic response of test animals following immunization with the
  • a humoral response may be taken as an indication of a generalized immune response, other components of which, particularly cell-mediated immunity, may be- important for protection against a disease.
  • Test animals may include mice, rabbits, chimpanzees and eventually human subjects.
  • a vaccine made in this invention can be made to infect chimpanzees experimentally.
  • the antibody response to a vaccine of the invention can first be studied in a number of smaller, less expensive animals, with the goal of finding one or two best candidate immunoglobulin molecules or best combinations of immunoglobulin molecules to use in chimpanzee efficacy studies.
  • the immune response of the test subjects can be analyzed by various approaches such as the reactivity of the resultant immune serum to antibodies, as assayed by known techniques, e.g., enzyme linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA), immunoblots, radioimmunoprecipitations, etc.; or protection from infection and/or attenuation of disease symptoms in immunized hosts.
  • ELISA enzyme linked immunosorbent assay
  • the vaccine composition of the invention may be tested in rabbits for the ability to induce an anti-idiotypic response to the modified immunoglobulin molecule.
  • rabbits for example, male specific-pathogen-free (SPF) young adult New Zealand White rabbits may be used.
  • SPF specific-pathogen-free
  • the test group of rabbits each receives an effective amount of the vaccine.
  • a control group of rabbits receives an injection in 1 mM Tris-HCl pH 9.0 of the vaccine containing a naturally occurring antibody.
  • Blood samples may be drawn from the rabbits every one or two weeks, and serum analyzed for anti- idiotypic antibodies to the modified immunoglobulin molecule and anti-anti-idiotypic antibodies specific for the antigen against which the modified antibody was directed using, e.g., by a radioimmunoassay (Abbott Laboratories). The presence of anti-idiotypic antibodies may be assayed using an ELISA. Because rabbits may give a variable response due to their outbred nature, it may also be useful to test the vaccines in mice.
  • any binding assay known in the art can be used to assess the binding between the resulting modified antibody and the particular molecule.
  • assays may also be performed to select antibodies that exhibit a higher affinity or specificity for the particular antigen.
  • binding of the modified antibody to the particular molecule can be assayed using various immunoassays known in the art including but not limited to, competitive and non-competitive assay systems using techniques such as radioimmunoassays, ELISA (enzyme linked immunosorbent assay), "sandwich” immunoassays, immunoradiometric assays, gel diffusion precipitin reactions, immonodiffusion assays, in situ immunoassays (using colloidal gold, enzyme or radioisotope lables, for example), western blots, precipitation reactions, agglutination assays
  • antibody binding is detected by detecting a label on the primary antibody.
  • the primary antibody is detected by detecting binding of a secondary antibody or reagent to the primary antibody.
  • the ⁇ Q secondary antibody is labelled. Many means are known in the art for detecting binding in an immunoassay and are within the scope of the present invention.
  • assays can be conducted in a variety of ways. For example, one method to conduct such an assay would involve anchoring the modified antibody or the test substance onto a solid phase and detecting the antibody/molecule complexes anchored on the solid phase at
  • the modified antibody may be labeled, either directly or indirectly, and the test sample be anchored onto a solid surface.
  • microtiter plates may conveniently be utilized as the solid phase.
  • the anchored component may be immobilized by non-covalent or covalent attachments. Non-covalent attachment may be accomplished by simply coating the solid surface with a solution of the
  • the nonimmobilized component is added to the coated surface containing the anchored component. After the reaction is complete, unreacted components are removed (e.g., by washing) under conditions such that any complexes formed will remain immobilized on the solid surface. The detection of complexes anchored
  • 3 on the solid surface can be accomplished in a number of ways.
  • the detection of label immobilized on the surface indicates that complexes were formed.
  • an indirect label can be used to detect complexes anchored on the surface.
  • a reaction can be conducted in a liquid phase, the reaction products 5 separated from unreacted components, and complexes detected. 5.8. TRANSGENIC ANIMALS
  • the invention also provides animals that are transgenic for (i.e., contain a nucleic acid encoding) a modified immunoglobulin of the invention (or a functional fragment thereof).
  • animals of any species, including, but not limited to, mice, rats, rabbits, guinea pigs, sheep, pigs, micro-pigs, goats, and non-human primates, e.g., baboons, monkeys, and chimpanzees, may be used to generate transgenic animals of the invention.
  • the invention provides recombinant non- human animals containing a recombinant nucleic acid that contains a nucleotide sequence encoding a modified immunoglobulin of the invention, in particular, a recombinant non- ⁇ Q human animal that is transgenic for a nucleic acid encoding a modified antibody that immunospecifically binds a cancer or tumor antigen or that is transgenic for a nucleic acid encoding a modified antibody that immunospecifically binds an antigen of an infectious disease agent or a cellular receptor of an infectious disease agent.
  • Such techniques include, but are not limited to pronuclear microinjection (Hoppe and Wagner, 1989, U.S. Pat. No. 4,873,191); retrovirus mediated gene transfer into germ lines (Van der Putten et al., 1985, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 82:6148-6152); gene targeting in embryonic stem cells (Thompson et al., 1989, Cell 56:313-321); electroporation of embryos (Lo, 1983, Mol Cell.
  • the present invention provides for transgenic animals that carry the nucleotide sequence encoding the modified antibody as transgene in all their cells, as well as animals
  • the transgene may be integrated as a single transgene or in concatamers, e.g., head-to-head tandems or head-to-tail tandems.
  • the transgene may also be selectively introduced into and activated in a particular cell type by following, for example, the teaching of Lasko et al. (Lasko et al., 1992, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 89:6232-6236).
  • the regulatory sequences required for Q such a cell-type specific activation will depend upon the particular cell type of interest, and will be apparent to those of skill in the art.
  • nucleotide encoding the synthetic antibody transgene be integrated into the chromosomal site of the endogenous immunoglobulin
  • gene targeting is preferred.
  • vectors containing some nucleotide sequences homologous to the endogenous 5 immunoglobulin are designed for the pu ⁇ ose of integrating, via homologous recombination with chromosomal sequences, into and disrupting the function of the nucleotide sequence of the endogenous immunoglobulin gene.
  • the transgene may also be selectively introduced into a particular cell type, thus inactivating the endogenous immunoglobulin in only that cell type, by following, for example, the teaching of Gu et al. (Gu et al., 1994, Science 265:103-
  • the expression of the recombinant antibody gene may be assayed utilizing standard techniques. Initial screening may be accomplished by Southern blot analysis or PCR techniques to analyze animal tissues to assay whether integration of the transgene has taken place. The level of mRNA expression
  • 15 of the transgene in the tissues of the transgenic animals may also be assessed using techniques which include but are not limited to Northern blot analysis of tissue samples obtained from the animal, in situ hybridization analysis, and RT-PCR. Samples of gene- expressing tissue, may also be evaluated immunocytochemically using antibodies specific for the antibody transgene product.
  • This example describes the construction of synthetic modified antibodies that immunospecifically bind to the bradykinin receptor (BR).
  • BR bradykinin receptor
  • bradykinin a native ligand called bradykinin.
  • the BR-bradykinin interaction is one example of a binding pair that may be used in the methods of the invention.
  • the BR-bradykinin interaction occurs when amino acids in bradykinin, known as the binding site, contact the bradykinin receptor.
  • the synthetic modified antibodies of this example contain amino acids derived from the bradykinin binding site. These synthetic modified antibodies, therefore,
  • bradykinin receptor 30 mimic the bradykinin ligand and predictably bind to the bradykinin receptor (BR).
  • BR bradykinin receptor
  • the strategy for producing synthetic modified antibodies containing bradykinin binding sequences is outlined as follows: 35 1) using oligonucleotides, a variable region gene was engineered to contain a CDR with a bradykinin binding sequence;
  • variable region gene encoding a CDR containing the binding site of bradykinin
  • oligonucleotides were annealed to create cohesive double stranded DNA fragments (as diagramed in Figure 5, Step 1 ; see also, Kutemeier et al., 1994 BioTechniques 17:242). Specifically, oligonucleotides of about 80 bases in length corresponding to the sequences of interest with 20 base overlapping regions were synthesized using automated techniques of GenoSys Biotech Inc. The specific sequences of these oligonucleotides are presented in Figuies 6A and B (for construction of the light and heavy chain variable regions, respectively).
  • Figure 6 A lists the sequences of the oligonucleotides used in engineering the light chain variable region genes containing a bradykinin binding sequence.
  • Figure 6B lists the sequences of the oligonucleotides used in engineering the heavy chain variable region genes containing a bradykinin binding sequence.
  • the combination of oligos used to engineer the six bradykinin CDRs (BKCDR1, BKCDR2, BKCDR3, BKCDR4, BKCDR5, BKCDR6) as well as the two consensus region (ConVLl and ConVHl) are listed in Table 5.
  • each oligonucleotide was 5' phosphorylated as follows: 25 ⁇ l of each oligo was incubated for 1 hour in the presence of T4 polynucleotide kinase and 50 mM ATP at 37°C. The reactions were stopped by heating for 5 minutes at 70 °C followed by ethanol precipitation. Once phosphorylated, complementary oligonucleotides (oligo 1 + oligo 10, oligo 2 + oligo 9.
  • oligo 3 + oligo 8, oligo 4 + oligo 7, oligo 5 + oligo 6) as shown in Figure 5, were then mixed in sterile microcentrifuge tubes and annealed by heating the tube in a water bath at 65 °C for 5 minutes followed by cooling at room temperature for 30 minutes. Annealing resulted in short double strand DNA fragments with cohesive ends.
  • oligo 3/8/4/7/5/6 was then ligated to oligo 1/10/2/9 which resulted in a full length variable region gene.
  • variable region genes were constructed by this method. Four genes were light chain variable region and four genes were heavy chain variable region.
  • the engineered light chain genes included ConVLl, a consensus light chain variable region without a bradykinin sequence; BKCDRl, a light chain variable region containing bradykinin sequence in CDRl; BKCDR2, a light chain variable region containing bradykinin sequence in CDR2; and BKCDR3, a light chain variable region containing bradykinin sequence in CDR3.
  • the engineered heavy chain variable region genes included ConVHl, a consensus heavy chain variable region without a bradykinin sequence; BKCDR4, a heavy chain variable region containing bradykinin sequence in CDR4; BKCDR5, a heavy chain variable region containing bradykinin sequence in CDR5; and BKCDR6, a heavy chain variable region containing bradykinin sequence in CDR6.
  • the sequences of the eight engineered variable region genes is shown in Figures 4A to 4F. Each one of the engineered gene made by combining oligonucleotides was treated as follows:
  • the resulting engineered variable region gene was purified by gel electrophoresis. To remove unligated excess of oligonucleotides and other incomplete DNA fragments,
  • the purified DNA pellet was resuspended in 50 ⁇ l of TE buffer, pH 8.0.
  • the engineered variable region gene was then amplified by PCR. Specifically, 100 ng of the engineered variable region gene was mixed with 25mM dNTPs, 200 ng of primers and 5 U of high fidelity thermostable Pfu DNA polymerase in buffer. DNA was amplified for 28 cycles. Resulting PCR product was analyzed on 1% agarose gel.
  • pUC19 is a 2686 base pair, a high copy number E. coli plasmid vector containing a 54 base pair polylinker cloning site in lacZ and an Amp selection marker.
  • 10 ⁇ g of pUC19 was linearized with Hinc II (50 U) for 3 hours at
  • linear vector DNA was dephosphorylated with 25 U of calf intestine alkaline phosphatase (CTP) for 1 hour at 37°C.
  • CTP calf intestine alkaline phosphatase
  • approximately 0.5 ⁇ g of dephosphorylated linear vector DNA was mixed with 3 ⁇ g of phosphorylated variable region gene in the presence of T4 DNA ligase ( 1000
  • the bacterial vector containing the engineered variable region gene was then used to transform bacterial cells. Specifically, freshly prepared competent DH5- cells, 50 ⁇ l. were mixed with 1 ⁇ g of pUC19 containing the engineered variable region gene and transferred to an electroporation cuvette (0.2 cm gap; Bio-Rad). Each cuvette was pulsed at 2.5 kV/200
  • 35 transformants containing pUC19 vector grew on LB/Amp plates.
  • a single transformant colony was picked and grown overnight in a 3 ml LB/Amp sterile glass tube with constant shaking at 37 °C.
  • the plasmid DNA was isolated using Easy Prep columns (Pharmacia Biotech.) and suspended in 100 ⁇ l of TE buffer, pH 7.5.
  • 25 ⁇ l of plasmid DNA from each colony was digested with Hinc II restriction endonuclease for 1 hour at 37 °C, and was analyzed on a 1% agarose gel.
  • plasmid DNA containing gene insert was resistant to enzyme cleavage due to loss of restriction site ( 5'..GTCGAC. 3') and migrated as closed circular (CC) DNA, while those plasmids without insert were cleaved and migrated as linear (L) double strand DNA fragment on gel.
  • DNA sequencing was performed using M13/pUC reverse primer (5'AACAGCTATGACCATG 3') for the clones as well as PCR gene products using 5' end 20 base primer ( 5' GAATTCATGGCTTG GGTGTG 3') on automated ABI 377 DNA Sequencer. All clones were confirmed to contain correct sequences.
  • variable region genes that contained bradykinin sequence were constructed by the methods of this example. Shown in Table 6 is the name of the synthetic- modified antibody and the location corresponding bradykinin binding sequence within the variable region gene.
  • the synthetic antibody named hAbBKCDRl contained bradykinin binding sequence (BK) in the CDRl of the variable region light chain gene (V L ). This synthetic antibody had a consensus sequence (con) in the variable region heavy chain gene (V H ).
  • the amino acid sequences corresponding to variable regions of each of the six synthetic modified antibodies of this example are listed in Table 7. CDRs are shown in bold.
  • the Bradykinin binding site amino acids are: ArgProProGlyPheSerProPheArg and are indicated in the CDRs by underlines.
  • Table 5 also illustrates the consensus sequence of a human kappa light chain V L subgroup I and human heavy chain V H subgroup I gene. In cases where the consensus CDR was too short to include the complete bradykinin binding site sequence, the amino terminal residues from the bradykinin binding site were deleted since the carboxyterminal residues were known to be more important in receptor binding (Stewart and Vavrek, Chemistry of peptide B2 bradykinin antagonists, pp. 5196, Burch, R.M., editor, Bradykinin Antagonists, Basic and Clinical Research, New York: Marcel Dekker, 1991; hereby inco ⁇ orated by reference).
  • a complete antibody light chain has both a variable region and a constant region.
  • a complete antibody heavy chain contains a variable region, a constant region, and a hinge region.
  • the modified variable region genes engineered above were then inserted into vectors containing the appropriate constant region.
  • Engineered variable region genes with bradykinin sequence inserted into a light chain CDR, were inserted into the pMRROlO.l vector ( Figure 3 A), which contains a human kappa light chain constant region. Insertion of the engineered light chain variable region into this vector gave a complete light chain sequence.
  • COS cells an African green monkey kidney cell line, CV-1, transformed with an origin-defective SV40 virus
  • the antibody expression vector was transfected into COS7 cells (obtained from the American Type Culture Collection) using calcium precipitation (Sullivan et al., FEBS Lett. 285:120-123. 1991).
  • the transfected cells were grown in Dulbecco's modified Eagle's Medium and cultured for 72 hours after which supernatants containing the bradykinin-containing antibodies were collected.
  • Supernatants from transfected COS cells were assayed using ELISA method for assembled IgG.
  • the ELISA method involved capture of the samples and standards onto a 96-well plate coated with an anti-human IgG Fc. Bound assembled IgG was detected with an anti-human Kappa chain linked to horseradish peroxidase (HRP) and the substrate tetramethylbenzidine (TMB). Color development was proportional to the amount of assembled antibody present in the sample.
  • HRP horseradish peroxidase
  • TMB substrate tetramethylbenzidine
  • the synthetic modified antibodies engineered to contain bradykinin binding sequences were predicted to mimic the bradykinin ligand and bind the bradykinin receptor (BR).
  • the synthetic antibodies were assayed in a bradykinin receptor binding assay.
  • the assay to examine synthetic antibody binding to BR was performed in the following manner.
  • SV-T2 cells were transformed fibroblasts that express approximately 3,000 bradykinin receptors (BR) per cell. Stimulation of bradykinin receptors on SV-T2 cells leads to a rapid increase in PGE2 synthesis that is proportional to bradykinin binding. Therefore, PGE2 released into the medium is indicative of receptor binding.
  • the expressed modified antibodies were assayed for their ability to bind and stimulate the bradykinin receptor.
  • Medium from COS cells transfected with an antibody expression vector pNEPuDGV 1 encoding either hABBKCDR3, hABBKCDR4, hABBKCDR5, or consensus was used to stimulate bradykinin receptors on SV-T2 cells.
  • the synthetic antibodies having the variable chain regions BKCDR3 and BKCDR5 stimulated PGE2 synthesis in a dose dependent manner.
  • BKCDR4, ConVH media alone, HOE-140 did not stimulate PGE2 synthesis ( Figures 7B).
  • Consensus CDR3 Gin Gin Tyr Asn Ser Leu Pro T ⁇ Thr BKCDR3 : Arg Pro Pro Gly Phe Ser Pro Phe Arg Consensus CDR4: Ser Tyr Ala He Ser T ⁇ Asn BKCDR4: Pro Gly Phe Ser Pro Phe Arg
  • Consensus CDR5 T ⁇ He Asn Gly Asn Gly Asp Thr Asn Tyr Ala Gin Lys Phe Gin Gly
  • BKCDR5 T ⁇ He Asn Gly Arg Pro Pro Gly Phe Ser Pro Phe Arg Phe Gin Gly

Abstract

The invention provides modified immunoglobulin molecules, particularly antibodies, that immunospecifically bind a member of a binding pair which immunoglobulins have a variable domain containing one or more complimentary determining regions that contain the amino acid sequence of a binding site for that member of the binding pair, which site is derived from the other member of the binding pair and is not naturally found in the complementary determining region. The invention further provides for therapeutic and diagnostic use of the modified immunoglobulin.

Description

IMMUNOGLOBULIN MOLECULES HAVING A SYNTHETIC VARIABLE REGION AND MODIFIED SPECIFICITY
CROSS REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS This application claims the benefit of Provisional application Serial No. 60/065,716, filed November 14, 1997, and Provisional application Serial No. 60/081,403, filed April 10, 1998, both of which are incorporated by reference herein in their entireties.
1. FIELD OF THE INVENTION o The present invention relates to modified immunoglobulin molecules, particularly antibodies, that bind one member of a binding pair and have at least one complementarity determining region (CDR) that contains the amino acid sequence of a binding site for that member of the binding pair, which binding site is derived from the other member of the binding pair. The invention also relates to methods for treating, diagnosing, or screening for 5 diseases and disorders associated with the expression of the member of the binding pair, particularly, cancer or infectious diseases, using the modified antibodies of the invention. The present invention also relates to pharmaceutical compositions and diagnostic kits containing the modified antibodies of the invention.
0 2. BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
2.1. ANTIBODIES AND THE IMMUNE SYSTEM
Antibodies are proteins that belong to the immunoglobulin superfamily. The immunoglobulin superfamily includes T cell receptors, B cell receptors, cell-surface adhesion molecules such as the co-receptors CD4, CD8, CD 19, and the invariant domains of 5 the MHC molecules. In their soluble form, antibodies are glycoproteins produced by mature B cells which are also called plasma cells. Antibodies are secreted into the blood and other extracellular fluids to circulate throughout the body in all animals and humans in response to foreign antigens.
Antibodies have two principal functions. The first is to recognize or bind to foreign 0 antigens. The second is to mobilize other elements of the immune system to destroy the foreign entity. The receptors on the surfaces of immune effector cells are designed for recognition of antigens and cell surface markers on other cells. This recognition process imparts information as to whether the markers are self or non-self, and is an important element involved in modulating the immune system response to the presence of antigens. 5 The portion of an antigen to which an antibody binds is called its antigenic determinant, or epitope. Some antigens are capable of eliciting an immune response, while others are recognized as self by the immune system. Antigens which can elicit an immune response are termed immunogens, and are usually macromolecules of at least 5000 Dalton molecular weight, such as proteins, nucleic acids, carbohydrates, and lipids. Smaller nonimmunogenic molecules, termed haptens, also are capable of stimulating an immune response when coupled to a large carrier molecule.
2.2. STRUCTURE OF ANTIBODIES The basic complete unit of an antibody is a four-chain Y-shaped structure (Figure 1).
In the early 1970s, Wu and Kabat assembled the amino acid sequences of a large collection of antibodies and demonstrated that the structure of antibodies and. in fact, all members of the immunoglobulin superfamily, consists of a constant region and four relatively conserved framework regions of semi-rigid beta-sheet, with three relatively short hypervariable sequence regions known as complementarity determining regions (CDRs) interspersed among them (Wu and Kabat, 1970, J Exp. Med. 132(2):211-250; Wu and Kabat, 1971, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 68(7):1501-1506). This prediction was confirmed by crystallographic studies of antibody structure (Poljak et al., 1973, Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 70(12):3305-3310; Diesenhofer et al., 1976, Hoppe Seylers Z Physiol Chem (Germany, West) 357(10):435-445; Diesenhofer et al., 1976, Hoppe Seylers ZPhysiol Chem (Germany, West) 357(10):1421-1434).
Figure 1 represents the overall structure of an antibody molecule. Antibodies are made up of two shorter light chains linked via disulfide bonds to two longer heavy chains, which are themselves connected by disulfide bonds. As indicated in Figure 2. both the heavy and light antibody protein chains are composed of multiple domains, each about 1 10 amino acid residues in length. Each lighl and heavy chain of an antibody has a variable region at its amino terminus (VL and VH respectively); it is the variable region of the antibody that confers the antigen-binding specificity. A heavy chain variable domain and a light chain variable domain together form a single antigen-binding site, thus, the basic immunoglobulin unit has two antigen-binding sites.
Diversity in the variable regions of both the light and heavy chains is restricted to the three "hypervariable" regions or CDRs. There are a total of six CDRs in each antibody molecule (Figure 2), each of which CDR contains from about five to about ten amino acids, or up to about 20 amino acids when the CDR is endogenously recombined, as is common in some antibody classes. The three CDRs of the variable region of each light and each heavy chain form loops which are clustered together and are connected to the four remaining parts of the variable region, called the framework regions ("FRs") which are relatively conserved among antibody molecules. Antibody diversity is generally created by changing the sequences of the CDRs. The variable regions are distinct for each antibody, whereas the constant regions are more highly conserved. While the light chain has only one constant region domain, the heavy chain constant region is composed of multiple domains, named CHI, CH2, CH3...CHx. The constant region domains are charged with the various antibody effector functions, such as complement binding and binding to the Fc receptors expressed by lymphocytes, granulocytes, monocyte lineage cells, killer the stimulation of B cells to undergo proliferation and cells, mast cells and other immune effector cells. Other effector functions are differentiation, activation of the complement cell lysis system, opsonization, attraction of macrophages. Antibodies of different isotypes have different constant domains and therefore have different effector functions. The best studied isotypes are IgG and IgM. All animal species express several different classes of antibodies. Five human antibody classes (IgG, IgA. IgM, IgD and IgB). and within these classes, various subclasses, are recognized on the basis of structural differences, such as the number of immunoglobulin units in a single antibody molecule, the disulfide bridge structure of the individual units, and differences in chain length and sequence. IgG antibodies are, thus far, the most generally useful of these classes for diagnostic and therapeutic pharmaceutical uses, although antibodies from other classes may find utility in certain uses.
2.3. ANTIBODY ENGINEERING
The development of monoclonal antibody technology, first disclosed by Kohler and Milstein (1975, Nature 256:495-497), has allowed the generation of unlimited quantities of antibodies of precise and reproducible specificity. The Kohler and Milstein procedure involves the fusion of spleen cells obtained from an immunized animal, with an immortal myeloma cell line to produce hybridomas. Clones which produce an antibody having the requisite specificity are then selected from these hybridomas. The hybridomas produce monoclonal antibodies which are uniform in their properties and specificity.
To date, identification and production of suitable antibodies useful in diagnostic and therapeutic applications has depended on chance. The generation of antibody-producing hybridomas involves immunization of a mouse with an antigen, or, alternatively, the antigen is added to spleen cell preparations in vitro. The population of spleen cells and, therefore, of
- potential monoclonal antibodies with a particular specificity depends upon the animal's immune reaction to the antigen.
Additional approaches to generating antibodies useful for diagnostic and therapeutic uses have been developed as an alternative to the laborious immunization procedure mentioned above. One approach entails the cloning of antibody genes into phage viruses, which will express on the virus surfaces a single variable region as described in Clackson et al., 1991, Nature 352:624; Marks et al., 1992, J Mol Biol. 222:581; Zebedee et al., 1992, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 39:3175; Gram et al., 1992, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 89:3576. Using phage library techniques, one can generate large libraries that express much of the inherent genetic diversity. However, such libraries are still constrained by the antibody repertoire from which they were derived. In yet another approach, variable domain genes which are randomly mutagenized and expressed, also result in the production of large libraries as described in Pack (1997, High Quality Antibody Libraries, Abstracts of the Eighth International Conference of Antibody Engineering). While both approaches are successful in generating great diversity, they are generally little more successful in identifying useful antibodies when compared with traditional immunization methods because they rely on random generation of CDR sequences. Moreover, antibodies generated through immunization of mice are of limited use in human therapeutics. Since mouse monoclonal antibodies are foreign and thus immunogenic to humans, they induce a human antimouse antibody (HAMA) response (Shawler et l., 1985, J Immunol 135:1530; Chatenaud et al., 1986, J Immunol. 137:830).
2.4. PHARMACEUTICALS BASED UPON MANIPULATION OF INTERMOLECULAR INTERACTIONS The efficacy of a pharmaceutical is often derived from the, bility of the pharmaceutical to enhance, antagonize or mimic the binding of one molecule to another, for example, a ligand to its receptor, or a pathogen to a cellular receptor, thereby achieving certain physiological and pharmacological activity useful for disease prevention or amelioration. Until recently, pharmaceuticals were limited to serendipitously discovered synthetic or natural products, and were small molecule effectors that mimicked the binding of naturally occurring ligands. Even when information is available concerning the structure of ligands or their binding sites, currently available methods have not readily led to the development of effective pharmaceuticals. Methods such as the use of molecular modeling to design small molecule analogs based on crystal structure data for ligand-receptor binding pairs, or the screening for binding to a receptor using peptide combinatorial libraries or natural product extracts, have not proved to be reliable. Additionally, these synthetic or natural products do not always have the ability to discriminate in binding affinity and specificity for receptor subtypes, which can result in undesirable side effects due to insufficient control over the pharmacological effects. There is a need for a method to more directly reproduce or inhibit the effects of natural interactions, and to be able to design specific pharmaceutical agents that interact with members of a particular binding pair and which more closely mimic the behavior of naturally occurring ligands.
Citation of references hereinabove shall not be construed as an admission that such references are prior art to the present invention.
3. SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
The present invention is based upon the observation of the present inventors that the binding site contained within one member of a binding pair for another member of the binding pair can be transplanted into at least one CDR of an immunoglobulin molecule to confer specificity on the immunoglobulin for the second member of the binding pair.
The present invention is aimed at providing a method to design, immunoglobulins, particularly antibodies, with a particular specificity, which method circumvents the unpredictable immunization and screening processes currently employed to isolate specific antibodies.- In particular, synthetic modified antibodies that immunospecifically bind one member of a binding pair are engineered such thai the variable region of the modified antibody has .one or more CDRs that contain the binding sequence for that member of the binding pair, which binding sequence is derived from the other member of the binding pair. This method, thus, dramatically simplifies the process of identifying suitable antibodies and makes available antibodies for many antigens that are inaccessible due to immune tolerance or cryptic expression.
Accordingly, the present invention provides modified immunoglobulin molecules, particularly antibodies, that immunospecifically bind a first member of a binding pair, which binding pair consists of the first member and a second member, which antibodies comprise a variable domain which has at least one CDR containing an amino acid sequence of the binding site for the first member of the binding pair, which binding site is derived from the second member of the binding pair. In a preferred aspect of the invention, the amino acid sequence of the binding site is not found naturally within the CDR. The binding pair can be any two molecules that specifically interact with each other. In specific embodiments, the first member of the binding pair is a cancer antigen (i.e., a molecule expressed on the surface of a cancer cell), an antigen of an infectious disease agent (i.e., a molecule on the surface of an infectious disease agent) or a cellular receptor for an infectious disease agent. Such cancer antigens include human milk fat globule antigen (HMFG), an epitope of polymorphic epithelial mucin antigen (PEM), or a human colon carcinoma-associated protein antigen. Such antigens of infectious disease agents include a Brambell receptor (FcRB), and antigens of HSV-2, gonococcus, Treponema pallidum, Chlamydia trachomatis or human papillomavirus. In other specific embodiments, the binding pair is a receptor-ligand binding pair, for example, where the first member of the binding pair is a bradykinin receptor.
The invention further provides methods of treatment or prevention using the modified immunoglobulins of the invention. For example, modified antibodies having one or more CDRs containing the binding site for a cancer antigen or an antigen of an infectious agent or a cellular receptor for an infectious disease agent can be used in the treatment or prevention of a cancer or an infectious disease associated with the expression of the particular cancer antigen or antigen of the infectious disease agent or the cellular receptor for the infectious disease agent.
The invention further provides methods for screening or detection or diagnosis using the modified immunoglobulins of the invention. For example, modified antibodies havmg one or more CDRs containing the binding site for a cancer antigen or an antigen of an infectious disease agent can be used in the screening, detection and diagnosis of a cancer or an infectious disease associated with the expression of the particular cancer antigen or antigen of the infectious disease agent. The invention also provides therapeutic and diagnostic kits and pharmaceutical compositions containing the modified immunoglobulins of the invention.
The invention further provides methods of producing a synthetic modified immunoglobulin of the invention.
Section 6, infra, describes the synthesis of synthetic modified antibodies in which one of the CDRs contains an amino acid sequence from bradykinin encompassing the binding sequence for the bradykinin receptor. The example demonstrates that this synthetic modified antibody immunospecifically binds the bradykinin receptor, and competes with bradykinin for binding to the bradykinin receptor. The activity of the synthetic modified antibody is antagonized by an antagonist of bradykinin activity. 4. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES
Figure 1. A schematic diagram showing the structure of the light and heavy chains of an immunoglobulin molecule, each chain consisting of a variable region positioned at the amino terminal region (H2N-) of the immunoglobulin and a constant region positioned at a carboxyl terminal region (-COOH) of the immunoglobulin.
Figure 2. A schematic diagram of an IgG showing the four framework regions ( Rl, FR2, FR3 and FR4) and three complementarity determining regions (CDR1, CDR2 and CDR3) in the variable regions of the light and heavy chains (labeled as VL and VH 0 respectively). The constant region domains are indicated as CL for the light chain constant domain and CH,, CH2 and CH3 for the three domains of the heavy chain constant region. Fab indicates the portion of the antibody fragment which includes the variable region domains of both light and heavy chains and the C and CH, domains. Fc indicates the constant region fragment containing the CH2 and CH3 domains. Figures 3 A-C. (A). The structure of the expression vector pMRRO 10.1, which contains a human kappa light chain constant region sequence. (B) The structure of the expression vector pGammal that contains a sequence encoding a human IgGl constant region (CHI, CH2, CH3) heavy chain and hinge region sequences. (C) The structure of the expression vector pNEPuDGV which contains a sequence encoding the kappa constant 0 domain of the light chain and the constant domain and hinge region of the heavy chain. For al! three vectors see Bebbington et al., 1991, Meihods in En∑ymolngy 2:136-145.
Figures 4A-H. The amino acid and nucleotide sequences for the heav) and light . chain variable domains that have a CDR containing bradykinin sequences and corresponding heavy and light chain variable domain consensus sequences of the s\nthetic antibodies. All 5 of these sequences also contain a leader sequence. (A) The amino acid sequence and corresponding nucleotide sequence for the consensus light chain variable region ConVLl. (B) The amino acid and corresponding nucleotide sequence for the light chain variable - • region BKCDR1 in which CDRi contains a bradykinin sequence. (C) The amino acid and corresponding nucleotide sequences for the light chain variable region BKCDR2 in which 0 CDR2 contains a bradykinin sequence. (D) The amino acid and corresponding nucleotide sequences for the light chain variable region BKCDR3 in which CDR3 contains a bradykinin sequence. (E) The amino acid and corresponding nucleotide sequences for the consensus heavy chain variable region ConVHl. (F) The amino acid and corresponding nucleotide sequences for the heavy chain variable region BKCDR4 in which CDR4 contains 5 a bradykinin sequence. (G) The amino acid and corresponding nucleotide sequences of the heavy chain variable region BKCDR5 in which the CDR5 contains a bradykinin sequence. (H) The amino acid and corresponding nucleotide sequence of the heavy chain variable region BKCDR6 in which CDR6 contains a bradykinin sequence.
Figure 5. A schematic diagram of the general steps that were followed for assembly
5 of an engineered gene encoding the synthetic modified antibody containing A sequence of bradykinin. The oligonucleotides used to assemble the gene are indicated as "oligol" to "oligolO".
Figures 6A and B. (A) Nucleotide sequences of the oligonucleotides used to assemble the consensus light chain (ConVLl), and the bradykinin containing light chain
1 variable regions, by the scheme indicated in Figure 5. (B) Nucleotide sequences of the oligonucleotides used to assemble the consensus heavy chain variable region (ConVHl) and the bradykinin containing heavy chain variable regions, as indicated in Figure 5.
Figures 7A-C. (A) Stimulation of PGE2 synthesis by bradykinin in SV-T2 cells as indicated in ng/well of PGE2 for each treatment. In the legend below the figure a "-"
1 indicates that cells were incubated in the absence of the factor while ''+" indicates that the cells were incubated in the presence of the factor. 1., either 1 nM bradykinin (upper row) or 1 nM HOE 140, a bradykinin antagonist (lower row). (B) Stimulation of PGE2 synthesis by certain synthetic modified antibodies having CDRs containing bradykinin sequences is depicted as pg/well PGE2, as a function of the dilution of the synthetic antibody BKCDR3
20 (lines with solid squares), BKCDR4 (lines with solid triangles), and BKCDR5 (liries with
, - solid diamonds), the consensus heavy chain variable region (line with solid circles) and media alone (line with open circles). (C) The bar graph depicts PGE2 stimulation (in PGE2 in pg/well) in SV-T2 cells incubated in the presence or absence of bradykinin (indicated as "+" or "-". respectively, in legend below graph) and with an antibody having the BKCDR3,
25 BKCDR4, or BKCDR5 variable domain or an antibody having the heavy chain consensus variable domain (ConVH), as indicated above the bars of the graph.
5. DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
The present invention is directed to modified immunoglobulin molecules, 30 particularly antibodies that immunospecifically bind (e.g.. as determined by any method known in the art for determining the binding specificity of an antibody for its antigen, for example, as described in section 5.7, infra, and which immunospecific binding excludes non-specific binding, but not necessarily the cross-reactivity often observed with naturally occurring antibodies) a first member of a binding pair and have at least one complementarity 35 determining region (CDR) that contains an amino acid sequence from the second member of the binding pair, which amino acid sequence is a binding sequence for the first member of the binding pair. The binding pair can be any two molecules, including proteins, nucleic acids, carbohydrates, or lipids, that interact with each other, although preferably the binding partner from which the binding site is derived is a protein molecule. In preferred embodiments, the antibody contains a binding sequence for a cancer antigen (i.e., a molecule on the surface of a cancer or tumor cell), an infectious disease antigen, (i.e., a molecule on the surface of an infectious disease agent), a cellular receptor for a pathogen, or a receptor or ligand (preferably, a receptor or ligand of a receptor-ligand binding pair in which the ligand binds to the receptor and thereby elicits a physiological response). The present invention also provides for methods of treatment using the modified immunoglobulins of the invention, for example, but not by way of limitation, a modified antibody having at least one CDR containing a binding sequence for a particular cancer antigen or antigen of an infectious disease agent or a cellular receptor for an infectious disease agent can be used to treat or prevent a cancer or an infectious disease characterized by the presence of that particular antigen by binding of the infectious disease agent to the particular receptor.
The present invention also provides for methods of diagnosis and screening using the modified immunoglobulins of the invention, for example, but not by way of limitation, a modified antibody having at least one CDR containing a binding sequence for a particular cancer antigen or antigen of an infectious disease agent can be used to detect a cancer or infectious disease characterized by that particular antigen or by binding of the infectious disease agent to the particular receptor.
For clarity of disclosure, and not by way of limitation, the detailed description of the invention is divided into the subsections which follow.
5.1. MODIFIED IMMUNOGLOBULIN MOLECULES
The invention provides for modified immunoglobulin molecules, particularly antibodies, that immunospecifically bind (e.g., as determined by any method known in the art for determining the binding specificity of an antibody for its antigen, for example, as described in section 5.7, infra) to a first member of a binding pair where at least one of the CDRs of the antibody contains a binding site for the first member of the binding pair, which binding site is derived from an amino acid sequence of the other member of the binding pair. In a preferred aspect of the invention, the amino acid sequence of the binding site is not found naturally within the CDR. The amino acid sequence of the binding site may be identified by any method known * in the art. For example, in some instances, the sequence of a member of a binding pair has already been determined to be directly involved in binding the other member of the binding pair. In this case, such a sequence can be used to construct the CDR of a synthetic antibody
5 that specifically recognizes the other member of the binding pair. If the amino acid sequence for the binding site in the one member of the binding pair for the other member of the binding pair is not known, it can be determined by any method known in the art, for example, but not limited to, molecular modeling methods or empirical methods, e.g., by assaying portions (e.g., peptides) of the member for binding to the other member, or by making mutations in the member and determining which mutations prevent binding. The binding pair can be any two molecules, including proteins, nucleic acids, carbohydrates, or lipids, that interact with each other, although preferably the binding partner from which the binding site is derived is a protein molecule. In preferred embodiments, the modified immunoglobulin contains a binding sequence for a cancer antigen, an infectious
1 disease antigen, a cellular receptor for a pathogen, or a receptor or ligand that participates in a receptor-ligand binding pair.
In specific embodiments, the binding pair is a protein-protein interaction pair which is either homotypic interaction (i.e., is the interaction between two of the same proteins) or a heterotypic interaction (i.e., is the interaction between two different proteins).
20 In a specific embodiment, the first member is a member of a ligand-receptor binding pair, preferably, of a receptor-ligand binding pair in which the ligand binds to the receptor and thereby elicits a physiological response, such as intracellular signaling. By way of example, and not by way of limitation, the ligand or receptor can be a hormone, autocoid, growth factor, cytokine or neurotransmitter, or receptor for a hormone, autocoid, growth
25 factor, cytokine, or neurotransmitter, or any receptor or ligand involved in signal transduction. (For reviews of signal transduction pathways, see, e.g., Campbell, 1997, J. Pediat. 13_i:S42-S44; Hamilton, 1997, J Leukoc. Biol. 62:145-155; Soede-Bobok & Touw, 1997, J Mol Med. 75:470-477; Heldin, 1995, Cell 80:213-223; Kishimoto et al., 1994, Cell 76:253-262; Miyajima et al, 1992, Annu. Rev. Immunol. 10:295-331; and Cantley et al., 0 1991, Cell 64:281-302.). In specific embodiments, one member of the binding pair is ligand such as, but not limited to, cholecystokinin, galanin, IL-1, IL-2, IL-4, IL-5, IL-6, IL-11, a chemokine, leptin, a protease, neuropeptide Y, neurokinin-1, neurokinin-2, neurokinin-3, bombesin, gastrin, corticotropin releasing hormone, endothelin, melatonin, somatostatin, vasoactive intestinal peptide, epidermal growth factor, tumor necrosis factor, dopamine,
35 endothelin, or a receptor for any of these ligands. In other embodiments, one member of the binding pair is a receptor, such as, but not limited to, an opioid receptor, a glucose transporter, a glutamate receptor, an orphanin receptor, erythropoietin receptor, insulin receptor, tyrosine kinase (TK)-receptor, KIT stem cell factor receptor, nerve growth factor receptor, insulin-like growth factor receptor, granulocyte-colony stimulating factor receptor,
5 somatotropin receptor, glial-derived neurotrophic factor receptor or gp39 receptor, G-protein receptor class or B2-adrenergic receptor, or a ligand that binds any of these receptors. In another embodiment, one of the members of the binding pair is a ligand gated ion channel, such as but not limited to a calcium channel, a sodium channel, or a potassium channel. In certain embodiments, the invention provides modified immunoglobulins that
1 . .immunospecifically bind a receptor and are antagonists the ligand that, binds that receptor, for example, but not by way of limitation, are antagonists ofendorphin. e* kephalin or nociceptin. In other embodiments, the invention provides synthetic modified antibodies that immunospecifically bind a receptor and arc agonists of the receptor, for example, but not by way of limitation, the endorphin. enkephalin, or nociceptin receptors. In a preferred
15 embodiment, the modified immunoglobulin does not bind the πbronectir, receptor. In . another preferred embodiment, the binding sequence is not Λrg-Gly- Asp. is not a multimer of a binding sequence, and preferably is not a multimei of the sequence Arg-Gly-Asp. In other specific embodiments, the modified imniunoglcbulin has a CDR that contains a binding site for a transcription factor. In- a preferred aspect, the modified
•0 immunoglobulin does, not bind tc a specific PNA sequence, particularly dees not bind to a transcription facτor binding site.
In preferred embodiments, the modified immunoglobulin has at least one CDR that ■xoiitams.an amino acid sequence of a binding site for a cancer. antigen or a tumor antigen (e.g., aε described in detail in section 5.3.1, mfi-a,i:'rκ\orc prεfevabh the ant tn is human 5 colon carcinoma-associated antigen or epithelial mucin antigen. In ether .embodiments, at least one CDR of the modified immunoglobulin contains an amino acid sequence for a binding site for a human miik fat globule receptor, in other embodiments, the modified 'immunoglobulin has at least one CDR that contains an amino acid sequence of a binding site for an antigen of a tumor of the breast, ovary, uterus, prostate, bladder, lung, skin, pancreas,
30 colon, gastrointestinal tract. B lymphocytes, or T lymphocytes.
In other preferred embodiments of the invention, at least one CDR of the modified antibody contains an amino acid sequence for a binding site for an antigen of an infectious disease agent (e.g., as described in detail in section 5.3.2, infra.), or a binding site for a cellular receptor of an infectious disease agent, preferably where the binding site is not an
35 amino acid sequence of a Plasmodium antigen, or is not the binding site Asn-Ala-Asn-Pro or A sn-Val- Asp-Pro. In additional embodiments, the modified antibody has a CDR that contains the binding site for a bacterial or viral enzyme.
The modified immunoglobulin molecules of the inventin can be derived from any type of immunoglobulin molecule, for example, but not limited to, antibodies, T cell
5 receptors, B cell receptors, cell-surface adhesion molecules such as the co-receptors CD4, CD8, CD 19. and the invariant domains of MHC molecules. In a preferred embodiment of the invention, the modified immunoglobulin molecule is an antibody, which can be any class of antibody, e.g , an IgG, IgE, IgM, IgD or IgA. preferably, the antibody is an IgG. In addition the antibody many be of any subclass of the particular class of antibodies. In
10 another specific embodiment, the modified immunoglobulin molecule is a T cell receptor. The immunoglobulin which is modified to generate the modified immurioglobulin can be any available immunoglobulin molecule, end is preferably a monoclonal antibody or is a synthetic antibody. The antibody that is modified may be a naturally occurring or previously existing antibody or may be synthesized from known antibody consensus
15 sequences, such as the consensus sequences for the light arid heavy chain variable regions in Figures 4A nil B. or any other antibody consensus or germline (i. .. univcυmbined genomic sequences) seqαences (e.g., those antibody consensus and germline sequences described in Kabat et al.. 1991, Sequences of Proteins of Irnmunological Interest. 5'*' ediiion. NIH Publication Mo 91-3242. pp 2147-2172).
2 » Λ>. noted iupra, each antibody molecule h s six CDR sequences, three on the light chain and three on the heavy chain, and five of these CDRs are germline CDR.S (/' a., are directly derived from the germline genomic sequence of the animal, withe u, any recombination) and one of the CDRs is a non -germline CDR. (i.e.. differs m sequence from she gerrnlire genomic .sequence of the animal an ι.-;~geuerated by recombination of the
25. germline sequences).' Whether a CDR is a germline or non-germline sequence can be determined bj sequencing the CDR and then comparing the sequence with, known germline sequences, e g., as listed in Kabat et al. (1991 , Sequences of Proteins of Irnmunological -Interest. 5lr edition, NIH Publication No. 91-324/. pp 2147-2172). Significant variation from the known germline sequences indicates that the CDR is a non-germlirt CDR. Accordingly, in other embodiments of the invention, the CDR that contains the amino acid sequence of the binding site is a germline CDR or, alternatively, is a non- germline CDR.
The binding site can be inserted into any of the CDRs of the antibody, and it is within the skill in the art to insert the binding site into different CDRs of the antibody and
35 then screen the resulting modified antibodies for the ability to bind to the particular member of the binding pair. e.g. as discussed in Section 5.7, infra. Thus, one can determine which CDR optimally contains the binding site. In specific embodiments, a CDR of either the heavy or light chain variable region is modified to contain the amino acid sequence of the binding site. In another specific embodiment, the modified antibody contains a variable domain in which the first, second or third CDR of the heavy variable region or the first, second or third CDR of the light chain variable region contains the amino acid sequence of the binding site. In another embodiment of the invention, more than one CDR contains the amino acid sequence of the binding site or more than one CDR each contains a different binding site for the same molecule or contains a different binding site for a different molecule. In particular, embodiments, two, three, four, five or six CDRs have been engineered to contain a binding site for the first member of the binding pair. In a preferred embodiment, one or more CDRs contain a binding site for the first member of a binding pair and one or more other CDRs contain a binding site for a molecule on the surface of an immune cell, such as, but not limited to, a T cell, B cell, NK cell, K cell, TIL cell or neutrophil. For example, a modified antibody having a binding site for a cancer antigen or an infectious disease antigen and a binding site for a molecule on the surface of an immune cell can be used to target the immune cell to a cancer cell bearing the cancer antigen or to the infectious disease agent.
In specific embodiments of the invention, the binding site amino acid sequence is either inserted into the CDR without replacing any of the amino acid sequence of the CDR itself or, alternatively, the binding site amino acid sequence replaces all or a portion of the amino acid sequence of the CDR. In specific embodiments, the binding site amino acid sequence replaces 1, 2, 5, 8, 10, 15, or 20 amino acids of the CDR sequence.
The amino acid sequence of the binding site present in the CDR can be the minimal binding site necessary for the binding of the member of the binding pair (which can be determined empirically by any method known in the art); alternatively, the binding site can be greater than the minimal binding site necessary for the binding of the member of the binding pair. In particular embodiments, the binding site amino acid sequence is at least 4 amino acids in length, or is at least 6, 8, 10, 15, or 20 amino acids in length. In other embodiments the binding site amino acid sequence is no more than 10, 15, 20, or 25 amino acids in length, or is 5-10, 5-15, 5-20, 10-15, 10-20 or 10-25 amino acids in length.
In addition, the total length of the CDR (i.e., the combined length of the binding site sequence and the rest of the CDR sequence) should be of an appropriate number of amino acids to allow binding of the antibody to the antigen. CDRs have been observed to have a range of numbers of amino acid residues, and the observed size ranges for the CDRs (as denoted by the abbreviations indicated in figure 2) are provided in Table 1. Table 1
CDR Number of residues LI 10-17
L2 7
L3 7-11
HI 5-7
H2 9-12 H3 2-25
(compiled from data in Kabat and Wu, 1911, Ann. NY Acad. Sci. 190:382-93) While many CDR H3 regions are of 5-9 residue in length, certain CDR H3 regions have been observed that are much longer. In particular, a number of antiviral antibodies have heavy chain CDR H3 regions of 17-24 residues in length.
Accordingly, in specific embodiments of the invention, the CDR containing the binding site is within the size range provided for that particular CDR in Table 1, i.e., if it is the first CDR of the light chain, LI, the CDR is 10 to 17 amino acid residues; if it is the second CDR of the light chain, L2, the CDR is 7 amino acid residues; if it is the third CDR of the light chain, L3, the CDR is 7 to 11 amino acid residues; if it is the first CDR of the heavy chain, HI, the CDR is 5 to 7 amino acid residues; if it is the second CDR of the heavy chain, H2, the CDR is 9 to 12 amino acid residues; and if it is the third CDR of the heavy chain, H3, the CDR is 2 to 25 amino acid residues. In other specific embodiments, the CDR containing the binding site is 5-10, 5-15, 5-20, 11-15, 11-20, 11-25, or 16-25 amino acids in length. In other embodiments, the CDR containing the binding site is at least 5, 10, 15, or 20 amino acids or is no more than 10, 15, 20, 25, or 30 amino acids in length.
In specific embodiments the modified immunoglobulin of the invention contains a portion of a variable region, i.e., where either the heavy or the light chain contains less than the framework regions and three CDRs, for example but not limited to, where the variable region contains one or two CDRs, and preferably, the intervening framework regions.
In a specific embodiment, the modified antibody immunospecifically binds the bradykinin receptor (for example, but not limited to the modified antibody described in section 6, infra). In particular, the embodiment provides a modified antibody in which at least one CDR contains the amino acid sequence Arg-Pro-Pro-Gly-Phe-Gly-Phe-Ser-Pro- Phe-Arg.
In other specific embodiments, the modified antibody immunospecifically binds the human milk fat globule antigen, and at least one of the CDRs of the modified antibody contains an amino acid sequence selected from the following: (i) Ala-Tyr-Trp-Ile-Glu; (ii) . Glu-Ile-Leu-Pro-Gly-Ser-Asn-Asn-Ser-Arg-Tyr-Asn-Glu-Lys-Phe-Lys-Gly; (iii Ser-Glu- Asp-Ser-Ala-Val-Tyr-Tyr-Cys-Ser-Arg-Ser- Tyr-Asp-Phe-Ala-Trp-Phe-Ala-Tyr; (iv) Lys- Ser-Ser-Gln-Ser-Leu-Leu-Tyr-Ser-Ser-Asn-Gln-Lys-Ile-Tyr-Leu-Ala; (v) Trp-Ala-Ser-Thr- Aig-Glu-Ser; and (vi) Gln-Gln-Tyr-Tyr-Arg-Tyr-Pro-Arg-Thr.
1 a. more specific embodiment, the CDRs of the heavy chain variable region contain the amino acid sequences (i)-(iϋ) above, whereas the CDRs of the light chain variable region contain the amino acid sequences (iv)-(vi above.
In specific embodiments, the invention provide a modified antibody that binds human colon carcinoma-associated antigen and comprises a variable region having at least
15 one CDR containing one of the following amino acid sequences: Thr-Ala-Lys-Ala-Se jJn Ser-Val-Ser-Asn-Asp-Val-Ala; Ile-Tyr-Tyr-Ald-Ser-Asn-Arg- ryr-Thr; Phe-Ala-Gin-Gln- Asp-Tyr-Sεr-Ser-Pro-Leu-Thri Phe-Thr-Asn-Tyr-GJy Met-Asn Ala-Gly-Trp-Ile-Asn-Thr- Tyr-Thr-Gly-Glu-Pro-Thr-Tyr-Ala-Asp-Asp-Phe-Lys-Gly: or Ala-Arg- Ala-ϊyr-T> -Gl - Lys Tyr-Phe-Asp-Tyr. ' 20 After constructing antibodies containing modified CDRs. the modified antibodies
•can bs further altered and screened to select an antibody having higher affinity or specificity. Antibodies having higher affinity or specificity for the target antigen may be generated and .--selected by -any. method known in the art. For example, but not by way of limilatjon. the .nucleic acid encoding the synthetic modified "antibody* can be mutagεnizeureither randomly .
2 -i.e., by chemical or site-directed mutagenesisy βrby making particular mutatiens at specific
, positions in the nucleic acid encoding the modified antibody, and then screening the antibodies exposed from the mutated nucleic acid molecules for binding affinity for the iarget antigens-Screening' can-be accomplished by testingthe expressed antibody molecules individually or by screening a library of the mutated sequences, e.g.. by phage display
30 techniques (see, e.g., U. S.JPatent Nos. 5,223,409; 5,403,484; and 5,571,698, all by Ladner et al; PCT Publication WO 92/01047 by McCafferty et al. or any other phage display- technique knomi in the art).
Accordingly, in a specific embodiment, the modified antibody has a higher specificity or affinity foi an antigen than a naturally occurring antibody that 35 immunospecifically binds the same antigen. In another embodiment, the modified antibody exhibits a binding constant for an antigen of at least 2x107M.
The modified antibodies of the invention may also be further modified in any way know in the art for the modification of antibodies as long as the further modification does not 5 prevent or inhibit binding of the modified antibody to the particular antigen. In particular, the modified antibodies of the invention may have one or more amino acid substitutions, deletions, insertions besides the insertion into or replacement of CDR sequences with the amino acid sequence of a binding sequence. Such amino acid substitutions, deletions or insertions can be any substitution, deletion or insertion that does not prevent or inhibit the immunospecific binding of the modified antibody to the target antigen. For example, such amino acid substitutions include substitutions of functionally equivalent amino acid residues. For example, one or more amino acid residues can be substituted by another amino acid of a similar polarity which acts as a functional equivalent, resulting in a silent alteration.
Substitutes for an amino acid may be selected from other members of the class to which the
15 amino acid belongs. For example, the nonpolar (hydrophobic) amino acids include alanine, leucine, isoleucine, valine, proline, phenylalanine, tryptophan and methionine. The polar neutral amino acids include glycine, serine, threonine, cysteine, tyrosine, asparagine, and glutamine. The positively charged (basic) amino acids include arginine, lysine and histidine.
The negatively charged (acidic) amino acids include aspartic acid and glutamic acid.
Additionally, one or more amino acid residues within the sequence can be substituted by a nonclassical amino acid or chemical amino acid analogs can be introduced as a substitution or addition into the immunoglobulin sequence. Non-classical amino acids include but are not limited to the D-isomers of the common amino acids, α-amino isobutyric acid, 4-
_<. aminobutyric acid, Abu, 2-amino butyric acid, γ-Abu, e-Ahx, 6-amino hexanoic acid, Aib, 2-amino isobutyric acid, 3-amino propionic acid, ornithine, norleucine, norvaline, hydroxyproline, sarcosine, citrulline, cysteic acid, t-butylglycine, t-butylalanine, phenylglycine, cyclohexylalanine, β-alanine, fluoro-amino acids, designer amino acids such as β-methyl amino acids, Cα-methyl amino acids, Nα-methyl amino acids, and amino acid
20 analogs in general. Furthermore, the amino acid can be D (dextrorotary) or L (levorotary). In a particular embodiment of the invention, the modified immunoglobulin has been further modified to enhance its ability to elicit an anti-idiotype response, for example, as described in co-pending United States Patent Application Serial No. , entitled "Modified
Antibodies with Enhanced Ability to Elicit An Anti-idiotype Response" by Burch, filed
35 November 13, 1998 (attorney docket no. 6750-015), which is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety. Such modifications are made to reduce the conformational constraints on a variable region of the immunoglobulin, e.g., by removing or reducing intrachain or interchain disulfide bonds. Specifically, the modified immunoglobulin is further modified such that one or more variable region cysteine residues that form disulfide bonds are replaced with an amino acid residue that does not have a sulfhydryl group.
Identifying the cysteine residues that form a disulfide bond in a variable region of a particular antibody can be accomplished by any method known in the art. For example, but not by way of limitation, it is well known in the art that the cysteine residues that form intrachain disulfide bonds are highly conserved among antibody classes and across species. Thus, the cysteine residues that participate in disulfide bond formation can be identified by sequence comparison with other antibody molecules in which it is known which residues form a disulfide bond (for example the consensus sequences provided in Figures 4 A and E, or those described in Kabat et al, 1991, sequences of Proteins of Irnmunological Interest, 5th Ed., U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, Bethesda, Maryland).
Table 1 provides a list of the positions of disulfide bond forming cysteine residues for a number of antibody molecules.
Table 1
(derived from Kabat et al, 1991, sequences of Proteins of Irnmunological Interest, 5th Ed., U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, Bethesda, Maryland).
Disulfide bond-forming
Variable domain cysteines
Species Subgroup (positions)
Human kappa light I 23,88
Human kappa light II 23,88
Human kappa light III 23,88
Human kappa light IV 23,88
Human lambda light I 23,88
Human lambda light II 23,88
Human lambda light mi 23,88
Human lambda light IV 23,88
Human lambda light V 23,88
Human lambda light VI 23,88
Mouse kappa light I 23,88
Mouse kappa light II 23,88
Mouse kappa light III 23,88
Mouse kappa light IV 23,88 Disulfide bond-forming
Variable domain cysteines
Species Subgroup (positions)
Mouse kappa light V 23,88
5 Mouse kappa light VI 23,88
Mouse kappa light VII 23,88
Mouse kappa light Miscellaneous 23,88
Mouse lambda light 23,88
Chimpanzee lambda light 23,88
Rat kappa light 23,88
Rat lambda light 23,88
10 Rabbit kappa light 23,88
Rabbit lambda light 23,88
Dog kappa light 23,88
Pig kappa light 23 (88)
Pig lambda light 23,88
Guinea pig lambda light 23 (88)
Sheep lambda light 23,88
15 Chicken lambda light 23,88
Turkey lambda light 23 (88)
Ratfish lambda light 23 (88)
Shark kappa light 23,88
Human heavy I 22,92
Human heavy II 22,92
Human heavy III 22,92
20 Mouse heavy 1 (A) 22,92
Mouse heavy 1 (B) 22,92
Mouse heavy 11 (A) 22,92
Mouse heavy 11 (B) 22,92
Mouse heavy 11 (C) 22,92
Mouse heavy III (A) 22,92
Mouse heavy 111(B) 22,92 5 Mouse heavy 111 (C) 22,92
Mouse heavy 111 (D) 22,92
Mouse heavy V (A) 22,92
Mouse heavy V (B) 22,92
Mouse heavy Miscellaneous 22,92
Rat heavy 22,92
*3 f Rabbit heavy 22,92
Guinea pig heavy 22,92
Cat heavy 22 (92)
Dog heavy 22,92
Pig heavy 22 (92)
Mink heavy 22 (92)
Sea lion heavy 22 (92) heavy 22 (92)
35 Seal
Chicken heavy 22,92 Disulfide bond-forming
Variable domain cysteines
Species Subgroup (positions)
Duck heavy 22 (92)
Goose heavy 22 (92) Pigeon heavy 22 (92)
Turkey heavy 22 (92)
Caiman heavy 22, 92
Xenopus frog heavy 22,92
Elops heavy 22,92
Goldfish heavy 22,92
Ratfish heavy 22 (92) Shark heavy 22,92
Position numbers enclosed by () indicate that the protein was not sequenced to that position, but the residue is inferred by comparison to known sequences.
Notably, for all of the antibody molecules listed in Table 1, the cysteine residues that form the intrachain disulfide bonds are residues at positions 23 and 88 of the light chain variable domain and residues at positions 22 and 92 of the heavy chain variable domain. The position numbers refer to the residue corresponding to that residue in the consensus sequences as defined in Kabat, (1991, Sequences of Proteins of Irnmunological Interest, 5th Ed., U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, Bethesda, Maryland) or as indicated in the heavy and light chain variable region sequences depicted in Figures 4A and E, respectively (as determined by aligning the particular antibody sequence with the consensus sequence or the heavy or light chain variable region sequence depicted in Figures 4A and E).
Accordingly, in one embodiment of the invention, the modified immunoglobulin molecule is further modified such that the residues at positions 23 and/or 88 of the light chain are substituted with an amino acid residue that does not contain a sulfhydryl group and/or the residues at positions 22 and/or 92 are substituted with an amino acid residue that does not contain a sulfhydryl group.
The amino acid residue that substitutes for the disulfide bond forming cysteine residue is any amino acid residue that does not contain a sulfhydryl group, e.g., alanine, arginine, asparagine, aspartate (or aspartic acid), glutamine, glutamate (or glutamic acid), glycine, histidine, isoleucine, leucine, lysine, phenylalanine, proline, serine, threonine, tryptophan, tyrosine or valine. In a preferred embodiment, the cysteine residue is replaced with a glycine, serine. threonine, tyrosine, asparagine, or glutamine residue, most preferably with an alanine residue.
Additionally, the disulfide bond forming cysteine residue may be replaced by a nonclassical amino acid or chemical amino acid analog, such as those listed supra, that does
5 not contain a sulfhydryl group.
In specific embodiments, the substitution of the disulfide bond forming residue is in the heavy chain variable region or is in the light chain variable region or is in both the heavy chain and light chain variable regions. In other specific embodiments, one of the residues that forms a particular disulfide bond is replaced (or deleted) or, alternatively, both residues that
10 form a particular disulfide bond may be replaced (or deleted).
In other specific embodiments, the invention provides functionally active fragments of a modified immunoglobulin. Functionally active fragment means that the fragment can immunospecifically bind the target antigen as determined by any method known in the art to determine immunospecific binding (e.g., as described in Section 5.7 infra). For example, such
15 fragments include but are not limited to: F(ab')2 fragments, which contain the variable regions of both the heavy and the light chains, the light constant region and the CHI domain of the heavy chain, which fragments can be generated by pepsin digestion of the antibody, and the Fab fragments, generated by reducing the disulfide bonds of an F(ab')2 fragment (Figure 1 ; King et., 1992, Biochem. J. 281 :317); and Fv fragments, i.e., fragments that contain the
20 variable region domains of both the heavy and light chains (Reichmann and Winter, 1988, J. Mol Biol. 203:825; King et al., 1993, Biochem. J 290:723).
The invention also includes single chain antibodies (SCA) (U.S. Patent 4,946,778; Bird, 1988. Science 242:423-426; Huston et al., 1988, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 85:5879- 5883; and Ward et al., 1989, Nature 334:544-546). Single chain antibodies are formed by
25 linking the heavy and light chain fragments of the Fv region via an amino acid bridge, resulting in a single chain polypeptide. Additionally, the invention also provides heavy chain and light chain dimers and diabodies.
The invention further provides modified antibodies that are also chimeric or humanized antibodies. A chimeric antibody is a molecule in which different portions of the antibody
30 molecule are derived from different animal species, such as those having a variable region derived from a murine mAb and a constant region derived from a human immunoglobulin constant region, e.g., humanized antibodies. Techniques have been developed for the production of chimeric antibodies (Morrison et al., 1984, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 81:6851-6855; Neuberger et al., 1984, Nαtwre 312:604-608; Takeda et al, 1985, Nature 3 4:
35 452-454; International Patent Application No. PCT/GB85/00392 (Neuberger et al. and Celltech Limited)) by splicing the genes from a mouse antibody molecule of appropriate antigen specificity together with genes from a human antibody molecule of appropriate biological activity can be used. In a specific embodiment, the synthetic modified antibody is a chimeric antibody containing the variable domain of a non-human antibody and the constant domain of a human antibody.
In a more preferred embodiment, the modified antibody is a humanized antibody, particularly an antibody in which the CDRs of the antibody (except for the one or more CDRs containing the binding sequence) are derived from an antibody of a non-human animal and the framework regions and constant region are from a human antibody (U.S. Patent No. 5,225,539 by Winter). Such CDR-grafted antibodies have been successfully constructed against various antigens, for example, antibodies against IL-2 receptor as described in Queen et al., 1989, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 86:10029; antibodies against cell surface receptors-CAMPATH as described in Riechmann et al., 1988, Nature 332:323; antibodies against hepatitis B in Co et al., 1991, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 88:2869; as well as against viral antigens of the respiratory syncitial virus in Tempest et al., 1991, Bio-Technology 9:267.
CDR-grafted variable region genes have been constructed by various methods such as site-directed mutagenesis as described in Jones et al., 1986, Nature 321 :522; Riechmann et al.,
1988, Nature 332:323; in vitro assembly of entire CDR-grafted variable regions (Queen et al.,
1989, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 86:10029); and the use of PCR to synthesize CDR-grafted genes (Daugherty et al., 1991, Nucleic Acids Res. 19:2471). CDR-grafted antibodies are generated in which the CDRs of the murine monoclonal antibody are grafted onto the framework regions of a human antibody. Following grafting, most antibodies benefit from additional amino acid changes in the framework region to maintain affinity, presumably because framework residues are necessary to maintain CDR conformation, and some framework residues have been demonstrated to be part of the antigen combining site. Thus, in specific embodiments of the invention, the modified antibody comprises a variable domain in which at least one of the framework regions has one or more amino acid residues that differ from the residue at that position in the naturally occurring framework region. In a preferred embodiment of the invention, the modified antibody is derived from a human monoclonal antibody. The creation of completely human monoclonal antibodies is possible through the use of transgenic mice. Transgenic mice in which the mouse immunoglobulin gene loci have been replaced with human immunoglobulin loci provide in vivo affinity-maturation machinery for the production of human immunoglobulins. In certain embodiments, the modified immunoglobulin (or fragment thereof) is fused via a covalent bond (for example, but not by way of limitation, a peptide bond) at either the N- terminus or the C-terminus to an amino acid sequence of another protein (or portion thereof, preferably an at least 10, 20, or 50 amino acid portion thereof) that is not the modified immunoglobulin. Preferably, the modified immunoglobulin is covalently linked to the other protein at the N-terminus of the constant domain of the modified immunoglobulin. In preferred embodiments, the invention provides fusion proteins in which the modified immunoglobulin is covalently linked to a portion of a growth enhancing factor or; a portion of an immunostimulatory factor, including interleukin-2, interleukin-4, interleukin-5, interleukin- 6, interleukin-7, interleukin- 10, interleukin- 12, interleukin-15, G-colony stimulating factor, tumor necrosis factor, porin, interferon-gamma, and NK cell antigen or MHC derived peptide.
The modified immunoglobulin may be further modified, e.g, by the covalent attachment of any type of molecule, as long as such covalent attachment does not prevent or inhibit immunospecific binding of the immunoglobulin to its target antigen. For example, but not by way of limitation, the modified immunoglobulin may be further modified, e.g., by glycosylation, acetylation, pegylation, phosphorylation, amidation, derivatization by known protecting/blocking groups, proteolytic cleavage, linkage to a cellular ligand or other protein, etc. Any of numerous chemical modifications may be carried out by known techniques, including, but not limited to specific chemical cleavage, acetylation, formylation, metabolic synthesis of tunicamycin, etc. Additionally, the modified antibody may contain one or more non-classical amino acids, e.g., as listed above in this Section.
In specific embodiments of the invention, the modified immunoglobulin (or a fragment thereof) is covalently linked to a therapeutic molecule, for example, to target the therapeutic molecule to a particular cell type or tissue, e.g., a cancer or tumor cell. The therapeutic molecule can be any type of therapeutic molecule known in the art, for example, but not limited to, a chemotherapeutic agent, a toxin, such as ricin, an antisense oligonucleotide, a radionuclide, an antibiotic, anti-viral, or anti-parasitic, etc. 5.2. METHODS OF PRODUCING THE MODIFIED IMMUNOGLOBULIN
The modified immunoglobulins of this invention can be produced by any method known in the art for the synthesis of immunoglobulins, in particular, by chemical synthesis or by recombinant expression, and is preferably produced by recombinant expression techniques.
Recombinant expression of the modified immunoglobulin of the invention, or fragment thereof, requires construction of a nucleic acid encoding the modified immunoglobulin. Such an isolated nucleic acid which contains a nucleotide sequence encoding the modified immunoglobulin can be produced using any method known in the art, for example, recombinant techniques or chemical synthesis (e.g., see Creighton. 1983, "Proteins: Structures and Molecular Principles". W.H. Freeman & Co., N.Y.. pp.34-49; and Sambrook et al., 1989, Molecular Cloning, A Laboratory Manual. Cold Springs Harbor Press, N.Y . or using PCR on known immunoglobulin genes to engineer the nucleotide sequence encoding the CDR sequence containing the binding site.
Accordingly, the invention provides nucleic acids that contain a nucleotide sequence encoding a modified immunoglobulin of the invention, or a functionally active fragment thereof.
Preferably, a nucleic acid that encodes a modified immunoglobulin may be assembled from chemically synthesized oligonucleotides (e.g.. as described in Kutmeier et al., 1994, Biotechniques 17:242). which, briefly, involves the synthesis of a set of overlapping oligonucleotides containing portions of the sequence encoding the modified immunoglobulin. annealing and ligation of those oligonucleotides, and then amplification of the ligated oligonucleotides by PCR, e.g.. as exemplified in Section 6, infra. Accordingly, the invention provides a method of producing a nucleic acid encoding a modified immunoglobulin, said method comprising: (a) synthesizing a set of oligonucleotides, said set comprising oligonucleotides containing a portion of the nucleotide sequence that encodes the synthetic modified immunoglobulin and oligonucleotides containing a portion of the nucleotide sequence that is complementary to the nucleotide sequence that encodes the synthetic modified immunoglobulin, and each of said oligonucleotides having overlapping terminal sequences with another oligonucleotide of said set, except for those oligonucleotides containing the nucleotide sequences encoding the N- terminal and C-terminal portions of the synthetic modified immunoglobulin; (b) allowing the oligonucleotides to hybridize or anneal to each other; and (c) ligating the hybridized oligonucleotides, such that a nucleic acid containing the nucleotide sequence encoding the synthetic modified immunoglobulin is produced.
Alternatively, a nucleic acid containing a nucleotide sequence encoding a modified immunoglobulin can be constructed from a nucleic acid containing a nucleotide sequence encoding, e.g., an antibody molecule, or at least a variable region of an antibody molecule. Nucleic acids containing nucleotide sequences encoding antibody molecules can be obtained either from existing clones of antibody molecules or variable domains or by isolating a nucleic acid encoding an antibody molecule or variable domain from a suitable source, preferably a cDNA library e.g., an antibody DNA library or a cDNA library prepared from cells or tissue expressing a repertoire of antibody molecules or a synthetic antibody library (see, e.g., Clackson et al., 1991, Nature 352:624; Hane et al., 1997, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci USA 94:4937), for example, by hybridization using a probe specific for the particular antibody molecule or by PCR amplification using synthetic primers hybridizable to the 3' and 5' ends of the sequence. Once a nucleic acid containing a nucleotide sequence encoding at least a variable region of an antibody molecule has been cloned, then the binding site sequence can be inserted into the nucleotide sequence coding for one or more of the CDRs. Such engineering of the particular CDR coding sequence can be accomplished by routine recombinant DNA techniques known in the art. For example, the nucleotide sequence encoding the CDR can be replaced by a nucleotide sequence encoding the CDR containing the particular binding site sequence, for example, using PCR based methods, in vitro site directed mutagenesis, etc. If a convenient restriction enzyme site is available in the nucleotide sequence of the CDR, then the sequence can be cleaved with the restriction enzyme and a nucleic acid fragment containing the nucleotide sequence encoding-the binding site can be ligated into the restriction site. The nucleic acid fragment containing the binding site can be obtained either from a nucleic acid encoding all or a portion of the protein containing the binding site or can be generated from synthetic oligonucleotides containing the sequence encoding the binding site and its reverse complement.
The nucleic acid encoding the modified antibody optionally contains a nucleotide sequence encoding a leader sequence that directs the secretion of the synthetic modified antibody molecule.
Once a nucleic acid encoding at least the variable domain of the modified antibody is obtained, it may be introduced into a vector containing the nucleotide sequence encoding the constant region of the antibody (see, e.g., PCT Publication WO 86/05807; PCT Publication WO 89/01036; and U.S. Patent No. 5,122,464). Vectors containing the complete light or heavy chain for co-expression with the nucleic acid to allow the expression of a complete antibody molecule are also available and are known in the art, for example, pMRROlO.l and pGammal (see also Bebbington, 1991, Methods in En∑ymology 2:136-145) . The expression vector can then be transferred to a host cell by conventional techniques and the transfected cells can be cultured by conventional techniques to produce the antibody of the invention. Specifically, once a nucleic variable region of the modified antibody has been generated, the modified antibody can be expressed, for example, by the method exemplified in Section 6. (See also Bebbington, 1991, Methods in Enzymology 2- 136-145.) For example, by transient transfection of the expression vector encoding the modified immunoglobulin into COS cells, culturing the cells for an appropriate period of time to permit immunoglobulin expression, and then taking the supernatant from the COS cells, which supernatant contains the secreted, expressed modified immunoglobulin.
The host cells used to express the recombinant antibody of the invention may be either bacterial cells such as Escherichia coli, particularly for the expression of recombinant antibody fragments or, preferably, eukaryotic cells, particularly for the expression of recombinant antibody molecules. In particular, mammalian cells such as Chinese hamster ovary cells (CHO) or COS cells, used in conjunction with a vector in which expression of the antibody is under control of the major intermediate early gene promoter element from human cytomegalovirus is an effective expression system for immunoglobulins (Foecking et al, 1986, Gene 45:101, Cockett et al., 1990, Bio/Technology 8:662).
A variety of host-expression vector systems may be utilized to express the antibody- coding sequences of the invention. Such host-expression systems represent vehicles by which the coding sequences of interest may be produced and subsequently purified, but also produce cells which may, when transformed or transfected with the appropriate nucleotide coding sequences, exhibit the antibody product of the invention in situ. These systems include, but are not limited to, microorganisms such as bacteria (e.g., E. coli, B. subtilis) transformed with recombinant bacteriophage DNA, plasrnid DNA or cosmid DNA expression vectors containing antibody coding sequences; yeast (e.g., Saccharomyces, Pichiά) transformed with recombinant yeast expression vectors containing antibody coding sequences; insect cell systems infected with recombinant virus expression vectors (e.g., baculovirus) containing the antibody coding sequences; plant cell systems infected with recombinant virus expression vectors (e.g., cauliflower mosaic virus, CaMV; tobacco mosaic virus, TMV) or transformed with recombinant plasrnid expression vectors (e.g., Ti plasrnid) containing antibody coding sequences; or mammalian cell systems (e.g., COS, CHO, BHK, 293, and 3T3 cells) harboring recombinant expression constructs containing promoters derived from the genome of mammalian cells (e.g., the metallothionein promoter) or from mammalian viruses (e.g., the adenovirus late promoter; the vaccinia virus 7.5K promoter).
In bacterial systems, a number of expression vectors may be advantageously selected depending upon the use intended for the antibody being expressed. For example, when a large quantity of such a protein is to be produced, for the generation of pharmaceutical compositions of an antibody, vectors which direct the expression of high levels of fusion protein products that are readily purified may be desirable. Such vectors include, but are not limited, to the £. coli expression vector pUR278 (Ruther et al., 1983, EMBO J. 2:1791), in which the antibody coding sequence may be ligated individually into the vector in frame with the lac Z coding region so that a fusion protein is produced: pIN vectors (Inouye & Inouye, 1985. Nucleic Acids Res. 13:3101-3109; Van Heeke & Schuster. 1989. J Biol. Chem. 264:5503-5509); and the like. pGEX vectors may also be used to express foreign polypeptides as fusion proteins with glutathione S-transferase (GST). In general, such fusion proteins are soluble and can easily be purified from lysed cells by adsorption and binding to a matrix glutathione-agarose beads followed by elution in the presence of free glutathione. The pGEX vectors are designed to include thrombin or factor Xa protease cleavage sites so that the cloned target gene product can be released from the GST moiety. In an insect system, Autographa californica nuclear polyhedrosis virus (AcNPV) is used as a vector to express foreign genes. The virus grows in Spodoptera frugiperda cells. The antibody coding sequence may be cloned individually into non-essential regions (for example the polyhedrin gene) of the virus and placed under control of an AcNPV promoter (for example the polyhedrin promoter).
In mammalian host cells, a number of viral-based expression systems may be utilized. In cases where an adenovirus is used as an expression vector, the antibody coding sequence of interest may be ligated to an adenovirus transcription/translation control complex, e.g., the late promoter and tripartite leader sequence. This chimeric gene may then be inserted in the adenovirus genome by in vitro or in vivo recombination. Insertion in a non-essential region of the viral genome (e.g., region El or E3) will result in a recombinant virus that is viable and capable of expressing the antibody in infected hosts (e.g., see Logan & Shenk, 1984, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 81:3655-3659). Specific initiation signals may also be required for efficient translation of inserted antibody coding sequences. These signals include the ATG initiation codon and adjacent sequences. Furthermore, the initiation codon must be in phase with the reading frame of the desired coding sequence to ensure translation of the entire insert. These exogenous translational control signals and initiation codons can be of a variety of origins, both natural and synthetic. The efficiency of expression may be enhanced by the inclusion of appropriate transcription enhancer elements, transcription terminators, etc. (see Bittner et al., 1987, Methods in Enzymol 153:516-544). In addition, a host cell strain may be chosen which modulates the expression of the inserted sequences, or modifies and processes the gene product in the specific fashion desired. Such modifications (e.g., glycosylation) and processing (e.g., cleavage) of protein products may be important for the function of the protein. Different host cells have characteristic and specific mechanisms for the post-translational processing and modification of proteins and gene products. Appropriate cell lines or host systems can be chosen to ensure the correct modification and processing of the foreign protein expressed. To this end, eukaryotic host cells which possess the cellular machinery for proper processing of the primary transcript, glycosylation. and phosphorylation of the gene product may be used. Such mammalian host cells include but are not limited to CHO, VERO, BHK, HeLa. COS, MDCK, 293, 3T3, WI38. For long-term, high-yield production of recombinant proteins, stable expression is preferred. For example, cell lines which stably express the antibody may be engineered. Rather than using expression vectors which contain viral origins of replication, host cells can be transformed with DNA controlled by appropriate expression control elements (e.g . promoter, enhancer, sequences, transcription terminators, polyadenylation sites, etc.). and a selectable marker. Following the introduction of the foreign DNA, engineered cells may be allowed to grow for 1-2 days in an enriched media, and then are switched to a selective media. The selectable marker in the recombinant plasrnid confers resistance to the selection and allows cells to stably integrate the plasrnid into their chromosomes and grow to fonn foci which in turn can be cloned and expanded into cell lines. This method may advantageously be used to engineer cell lines which express the antibody. Such engineered celi lines may be particularly useful in screening and evaluation of compounds that interact directly or indirectly with the antibody.
A number of selection systems may be used, including but not limited to the herpes simplex virus thymidine kinase (Wigler et al., 1977, Cell 11:223), hypoxanthine-guanine phosphoribosyltransferase (Szybalska & Szybalski, 1962, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA
48:2026), and adenine phosphoribosyltransferase (Lowy et al., 1980, Cell 22:817) genes can be employed in tk", hgprt' or aprf cells, respectively. Also, antimetabolite resistance can be used as the basis of selection for the following genes: dhfr, which confers resistance to methotrexate (Wigler et al., 1980, Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 77-3567; O'Hare et al., 1981, Proc. Natl Acad. Sci. USA 78:1527); gpt, which confers resistance to mycophenolic acid (Mulligan & Berg, 1981, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 78:2072); neo, which confers resistance to the aminoglycoside G-418 (Colberre-Garapin et al., 1981, J. Mol Biol. 150:1); and hygro, which confers resistance to hygromycin (Santerre et al., 1984, Gene 30:147).
The expression levels of the synthetic modified antibody can be increased by vector amplification (for a review, see Bebbington and Hentschel, The Use of Vectors Based on Gene Amplification for the Expression of Cloned Genes in Mammalian Cells in DNA Cloning, Vol.3. (Academic Press, New York, 1987)). When a marker in the vector system expressing immunoglobulin is amplifiable, increase in the level of inhibitor present in culture of host cell will increase the number of copies of the marker gene. Since the amplified region is associated with the immunoglobulin gene, production of the immunoglobulin will also increase (Crouse et al., 1983, Mol Cell. Biol. 3:257).
The host cell may be co-transfected with two expression vectors of the invention, the first vector encoding a heavy chain derived polypeptide and the second vector encoding a light chain derived polypeptide. The two vectors may contain identical selectable markers which enable equal expression of heavy and light chain polypeptides Alternatively, a single vector may be used which encodes both heavy and light chain polypeptides. In such situations, the light chain should be placed before the heavy chain to avoid an excess of toxic free heavy chain (Proudfoot, 1986, Nature 322:562; Kohler, 1980, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 77:2197). The coding sequences for the heavy and light chains may comprise cDNA or genomic DNA.
The invention provides a recombinant cell that contain a vector which encodes a synthetic antibody that has a CDR that contain the amino acid sequence of an active binding site from a member of a binding pair.
5.3. THERAPEUTIC USE OF SYNTHETIC MODIFIED ANTIBODIES
The invention also provides methods for treating or preventing diseases and disorders associated with the expression of a particular molecule by administration of a therapeutic of the invention (termed herein "Therapeutic"). Such Therapeutics include the modified immunoglobulins of the invention, and functionally active fragments thereof, (e.g., as described in Section 5.1, supra), and nucleic acids encoding the modified immunoglobulins of the invention, and functionally active fragments thereof (e.g., as described in Section 5.2, supra.).
Generally, administration of products of a species origin or species reactivity that is the same species as that of the subject is preferred. Thus, in preferred embodiments, the therapeutic methods of the invention use a modified antibody that is derived from a human antibody; in other embodiments, the methods of the invention use a modified antibody that is derived from a chimeric or humanized antibody.
Specifically, pharmaceutical compositions containing the modified antibodies (or functionally active fragment thereof) of the invention that immunospecifically bind a particular molecule can be used in the treatment or prevention of diseases or disorders associated with the expression of the particular molecule, e.g., an antigen. In particular, in embodiments discussed in more detail in the subsections that follow, modified antibodies that immunospecifically bind a tumor or cancer antigen or an antigen of an infectious disease agent or a cellular receptor for an infectious disease agent can be used to treat or prevent tumors, cancers or infectious diseases associated with the expression of the particular antigen. Modified immunoglobulins that immunospecifically bind a ligand or receptor can be used to treat or prevent a disease associated with a defect in decrease in or increase the amount of the particular ligand receptor. In certain embodiments, the modified immunoglobulins are used to treat or prevent autoimmune disease, including but not limited to rheumatoid arthritis, lupus, ulcerative colito, or psoriasis. The modified immunoglobulins may also be used to treat allergies.
The subjects to which the present invention is applicable may be any mammalian or vertebrate species, which include, but are not limited to, cows, horses, sheep, pigs, fowl (e.g., chickens), goats, cats, dogs, hamsters, mice, rats, monkeys, rabbits, chimpanzees, and humans. In a preferred embodiment, the subject is a human.
5.3.1. TREATMENT AND PREVENTION OF CANCERS
The invention provides methods of treating or preventing cancers characterized by the presence of a particular cancer antigens which are a member of a binding pair. The method includes administering to a subject in need of such treatment υr prevention a Therapeutic of the invention, e.g., a synthetic modified antibody (or functionally active fragment thereof) that immunospecifically binds to the particular cancer antigen, which antibody comprises a variable domain with a CDR containing the amino acid sequence of a binding site for the cancer antigen. Cancers, including, but not limited to, neoplasms, tumors, metastases, or any disease or disorder characterized by uncontrolled cell growth, can be treated or prevented by administration of the synthetic modified antibody of the invention, which modified antibody immunospecifically binds one or more antigens associated with the cancer cells of the cancer to be treated or prevented. Whether a particular Therapeutic is effective to treat or prevent a certain type of cancer can be determined by any method known in the art, for example but not limited to, these methods described in Section 5.6, infra.
For example, but not by way of limitation, cancers and tumors associated with the following cancer and tumor antigens may be treated or prevented by administration of a synthetic antibody of the invention containing in its CDR the sequence that recognizes these cancer antigens: KS 1/4 pan-carcinoma antigen (Perez and Walker. 1990, J. Immunol. 142:3662-3667; Bumal, 1988, Hybridoma 7(4):407-415), ovarian carcinoma antigen (CA125) (Yu et al., 1991, Cancer Res. 5_i(2):468-475), prostatic acid phosphate (Tailor et al., 1990, Nucl. Acids Res. 18(16):4928), prostate specific antigen (Henttu and Vihko, 1 89, Biochem. Biophys. Res. Comm. 160(2^:903-910; Israeli et al., 1993, Cancer Res.
53:227-230), melanoma-associated antigen p97 (Estin et al., 1989, J. Natl. Cancer Instit. 8_l(6):445-446), melanoma antigen gp75 (Vijayasardahl et al., 1990, J Exp. Med. 121(4): 1375-1380), high molecular weight melanoma antigen (HMW-MAA) (Natali et al., 1987, Cancer 59:55-63; Mittelman et al., 1990, J. Clin. Invest. 86:2136-2144), prostate specific membrane antigen, carcinoembryonic antigen (CEA) (Foon et al., 1994, Proc. Am. Soc. Clin. Oncol. 13:294), polymorphic epithelial mucin antigen, human milk fat globule antigen, colorectal tumor-associated antigens such as: CEA, TAG-72 (Yokata et al., 1992, Cancer Res. 52:3402-3408), CO 17-1 A (Ragnhammar et al.. 1993, Int. J. Cancer 53:751- 758); GICA 19-9 (Herlyn et al., 1982, J Clin. Immunol. 2:135), CTA-1 and LEA, Burkitt's lymphoma antigen-38.13, CD19 (Ghetie et al., 1994, Blood 83:1329-1336), human B- lymphoma antigen-CD20 (Reff et al., 1994, Blood 83:435-445), CD33 (Sgouros et al., 1993, J. Nucl. Med. 34:422-430), melanoma specific antigens such as ganglioside GD2 (Saleh et al., 1993, J.Immunol., 151, 3390-3398), ganglioside GD3 (Shitara et al., 1993, Cancer Immunol. Immunother 36:373-380), ganglioside GM2 (Livingston et al., 1994, J. Clin. Oncol 12:1036-1044), ganglioside GM3 (Hoon et al., 1993, Cancer Res. 53:5244-5250), tumor-specific transplantation type of cell-surface antigen (TSTA) such as virally-induced tumor antigens including T-antigen DNA tumor viruses and Envelope antigens of RNA tumor viruses, oncofetal antigen-alpha-fetoprotein such as CEA of colon, bladder tumor oncofetal antigen (Hellstrom et al., 1985, Cancer. Res. 45:2210-2188), differentiation antigen such as human lung carcinoma antigen L6, L20 (Hellstrom et al., 1986, Cancer Res. 46:3917-3923), antigens of fibrosarcoma, human leukemia T cell antigen-Gp37 (Bhattacharya-Chatterjee et al., 1988, J. of Immunospecifically. 141 :1398-1403). neoglycoprotein, sphingolipids, breast cancer antigen such as EGFR (Epidermal growth factor receptor), HER2 antigen (pi 85™^), polymorphic epithelial mucin (PEM) (Hilkens et al., 1992, Trends in Bio. Chem. Sci. 17:359), malignant human lymphocyte antigen- APO-1 (Bernhard et al., 1989, Science 245:301-304), differentiation antigen (Feizi, 1985, Nature 314:53-57) such as I antigen found in fetal erythrocytes, primary endoderm, I antigen found in adult erythrocytes, preimplantation embryos, I(Ma) found in gastric adenocarcinomas, Ml 8, M39 found in breast epithelium, SSEA-1 found in myeloid cells, VEP8, VEP9, Myl, VIM-D5, D,56-22 found in colorectal cancer, TRA-1-85 (blood group H), C14 found in colonic adenocarcinoma, F3 found in lung adenocarcinoma, AH6 found in gastric cancer, Y hapten, Ley found in embryonal carcinoma cells, TL5 (blood group A), EGF receptor found in A431 cells , E, series (blood group B) found in pancreatic cancer, FC10.2 found in embryonal carcinoma cells, gastric adenocarcinoma antigen, CO-514 (blood group Lea) found in Adenocarcinoma, NS-10 found in adenocarcinomas, CO-43 (blood group Leb), G49 found in EGF receptor of A431 cells, MH2 (blood group ALeb/Ley) found in colonic adenocarcinoma. 19.9 found in colon cancer, gastric cancer mucins, T5A7 found in myeloid cells, R24 found in melanoma. 4.2, GD3, Dl.l, OFA-1. GM2, OFA-2, GD2, and Ml :22:25:8 found in embryonal carcinoma cells, and SSEA-3 and SSEA-4 found in 4 to 8-cell stage embryos. In one embodiment, the antigen is a Tcell receptor derived peptide from a Cutaneous Tcell Lymphoma (see, Edelson, 1998, The Cancer Journal 4:62).
In other embodiments of the invention, the subject being treated with the modified antibody may, optionally, be treated with other cancer treatments such as surgery, radiation therapy or chemotherapy. In particular, the Therapeutic of the invention used to treat or prevent cancer may be administered in conjunction with one or a combination of chemotherapeutic agents including, but not limited to, methotrexate, taxol, mercaptopurine, thioguanine, hydroxyurea. cytarabine, cyclophosphamide, ifosfamide. nitrosoureas, cisplatin, carboplatin, mitomycin, dacarbazine, procarbizine, etoposides, campathecins, bleomycin, doxorubicin, idarubicin, daunorubicin. dactinomycin, plicamycin,.mitoxantrone, asparaginase, vinblastine, vincristine, vinorelbine, paclitaxel, docetaxel, etc. In a preferred embodiment, the synthetic modified antibody is conjugated to a chemotherapeutic agent or other type of toxin, e.g., a ricin toxin, or a radionuclide, or any other agent effective to kill cancer or tumor cells or to arrest cancer cell growth. In another preferred embodiment, the modified immunoglobulin has one CDR containing a binding site for a cancer antigen and another CDR containing a binding site for molecule on the surface of an immune cell, such as but not limited to a T cell, a B cell, NK cell, K cell, TIL cell or neutrophil.
In certain embodiments of the invention where the CDR of the synthetic modified antibody includes an amino acid sequence that immunospecifically binds a human colon carcinoma-associated protein antigen, it is preferred that the antibody has the following characteristics: (i) the antibody recognizes epitopes of a protein component of the antigen, but does not recognize the epitopes of the carbohydrate component(s) of the antigen; (ii) the antigen is not detectable on normal human tissue; and (iii) the antigen is not detectable on human carcinoma cells other than colon carcinoma cells. In other embodiments, the CDR of the synthetic modified antibody includes an amino acid sequence that immunospecifically binds an antigen which is not detectable on human carcinoma cells other than breast carcinoma cells. In yet other embodiments, the CDR of the synthetic modified antibody includes an amino acid sequence that immunospecifically binds an antigen is not detectable on human carcinoma cells other than ovarian carcinoma cells.
5.3.1.1. MALIGNANCIES
Malignancies and related disorders that can be treated or prevented by administration of a Therapeutic of the invention include but are not limited to those listed in Table 2 (for a review of such disorders, see Fishman et al., 1985, Medicine, 2d Ed.. J.B. Lippincott Co.,
Philadelphia):
TABLE 3 MALIGNANCIES AND RELATED DISORDERS
Leukemia acute leukemia acute lymphocytic leukemia acute myelocytic leukemia myeloblastic promyelocytic myelomonocytic monocytic erythroleukemia chronic leukemia chronic myelocytic (granulocytic) leukemia chronic lymphocytic leukemia Polycythemia vera Lymphoma
Hodgkin's disease non-Hodgkin's disease
Multiple myeloma Waldenstrom's macroglobulinemia Heavy chain disease Solid tumors sarcomas and carcinomas fibrosarcoma myxosarcoma liposarcoma chondrosarcoma osteogenic sarcoma chordoma angiosarcoma endotheliosarcoma lymphangiosarcoma
5 lymphangioendotheliosarcoma synovioma mesothelioma Ewing's tumor leiomyosarcoma rhabdomyosarcoma colon carcinoma
1 o pancreatic cancer breast cancer ovarian cancer prostate cancer squamous cell carcinoma basal cell carcinoma adenocarcinoma sweat gland carcinoma
1 sebaceous gland carcinoma papillary carcinoma papillary adenocarcinomas cystadenocarcinoma medullary carcinoma bronchogenic carcinoma renal cell carcinoma
20 hepatoma bile duct carcinoma choriocarcinoma seminoma embryonal carcinoma Wilms' tumor cervical cancer uterine cancer 5 testicular tumor lung carcinoma small cell lung carcinoma bladder carcinoma epithelial carcinoma glioma astrocytoma
30 medulloblastoma craniopharyngioma ependymoma pinealoma hemangioblastoma acoustic neuroma oligodendroglioma meningioma
35 melanoma neuroblastoma retinoblastoma
In specific embodiments, malignancy or dysproliferative changes (such as metaplasias and dysplasias), or hyperproliferative disorders, are treated or prevented in the ovary, bladder, breast, colon, lung, skin, pancreas, prostate, uterus, gastrointestinal tract, B lymphocytes or T lymphocytes. In other specific embodiments, sarcoma, melanoma, or leukemia is treated or prevented.
5.3.1.2. PREMALIGNANT CONDITIONS
The Therapeutics of the invention can also be administered to treat premalignant conditions and to prevent progression to a neoplastic or malignant state, including, but not limited to. those disorders listed in Table 3. Such prophylactic or therapeutic use is indicated in conditions known or suspected of preceding progression to neoplasia or cancer, in particular, where non-neoplastic cell growth consisting of hypeφlasia. metaplasia, or most particularly, dysplasia has occurred (for review of such abnormal growth conditions, see Robbins and Angell, 1976, Basic Pathology, 2d Ed., W.B. Saunders Co., Philadelphia, pp. 68-79.) Hypeφlasia is a form of controlled cell proliferation involving an increase in cell number in a tissue or organ, without significant alteration in structure or function. As but one example, endometrial hypeφlasia often precedes endometrial cancer. Metaplasia is a form of controlled cell growth in which one type of adult or fully differentiated cell substitutes for another type of adult cell. Metaplasia can occur in epithelial or connective tissue cells. Atypical metaplasia involves a somewhat disorderly metaplastic epithelium.
Dysplasia is frequently a forerunner of cancer, and is found mainly in the epithelia; it is the most disorderly form of non-neoplastic cell growth, involving a loss in individual cell uniformity and in the architectural orientation of cells. Dysplastic cells often have abnormally large, deeply stained nuclei, and exhibit pleomoφhism. Dysplasia characteristically occurs where there exists chronic irritation or inflammation, and is often found in the cervix, respiratory passages, oral cavity, and gall bladder.
Alternatively or in addition to the presence of abnormal cell growth characterized as hypeφlasia, metaplasia, or dysplasia, the presence of one or more characteristics of a transformed phenotype, or of a malignant phenotype, displayed in vivo or displayed in vitro by a cell sample from a patient, can indicate the desirability of prophylactic/therapeutic administration of a Therapeutic. As mentioned supra, such characteristics of a transformed phenotype include moφhology changes, looser substratum attachment, loss of contact inhibition, loss of anchorage dependence, protease release, increased sugar transport, decreased serum requirement, expression of fetal antigens, disappearance of the 250,000 dalton cell surface protein, etc. (see also id., at pp. 84-90 for characteristics associated with a transformed or malignant phenotype).
In a specific embodiment, leukoplakia, a benign-appearing hypeφlastic or dysplastic lesion of the epithelium, or Bowen's disease, a carcinoma in situ, are pre-neoplastic lesions indicative of the desirability of prophylactic intervention.
In another embodiment, fibrocystic disease (cystic hypeφlasia, mammary dysplasia, particularly adenosis (benign epithelial hypeφlasia)) is indicative of the desirability of prophylactic intervention.
In other embodiments, a patient which exhibits one or more of the following predisposing factors for malignancy is treated by administration of an effective amount of the Therapeutic of the invention: a chromosomal translocation associated with a malignancy (e.g., the Philadelphia chromosome for chronic myelogenous leukemia. t(14;18) for follicular lymphoma, etc.), familial polyposis or Gardner's syndrome (possible forerunners of colon cancer), benign monoclonal gammopathy (a possible forerunner of multiple myeloma), and a first degree kinship with persons having a cancer or precancerous disease showing a Mendelian (genetic) inheritance pattern (e.g., familial polyposis of the colon, Gardner's syndrome, hereditary exostosis, polyendocrine adenomatosis. medullary thyroid carcinoma with amyloid production and pheochromocytoma, Peutz-Jeghers syndrome, neurofibromatosis of Von Recklinghausen, retinoblastoma, carotid body tumor, cutaneous melanocarcinoma, intraocular melanocarcinoma, xeroderma pigmentosum, ataxia telangiectasia, Chediak-Higashi syndrome, albinism, Fanconi's aplastic anemia, and Bloom's syndrome; see Robbins and Angell, 1976, Basic Pathology, 2d Ed., W.B. Saunders Co., Philadelphia, pp. 112-113) etc.)
In another specific embodiment, Therapeutics of the invention is administered to a human patient to prevent progression to ovary, breast, colon, lung, pancreatic, bladder, skin, prostate, colon, gastrointestinal, B lymphocyte, T lymphocyte or uterine cancer, or melanoma or sarcoma.
5.3.2. TREATMENT OF INFECTIOUS DISEASE
The invention also provides methods of treating or preventing an infectious disease by administration of a Therapeutic of the invention, in particular, a synthetic modified immunoglobulin (or the functionally active fragment thereof) that immunospecifically binds an antigen of the agent causing the infectious disease or a cellular receptor for the infectious disease agent, or an enzyme expressed by the infectious diseases agent. As discussed in detail below, the infectious agents include, but are not limited to, viruses, bacteria, fungi, protozoa, and parasites. In specific embodiments, infectious diseases are treated or prevented by administration of a modified antibody of the immunoglobin (or functionally active fragment thereof) that immunospecifically recognizes one of the following antigens of an infectious disease agent: influenza virus hemagglutinin (Genbank accession no. JO2132; Air, 1981, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 78:7639-7643; Newton et al., 1983, Virology 128:495-501), 0 human respiratory syncytial virus G glycoprotein (Genbank accession no. Z33429; Garcia et al., 1994, J Virol; Collins et al., 1984, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 81:7683), core protein, matrix protein or other protein of Dengue virus (Genbank accession no. Ml 9197: Hahn et al., 1988, Virology 162:167-180), measles virus hemagglutinin (Genbank accession no. M81899: Rota et al., 1992, Virology 188:135-142), heφes simplex virus type 2 glycoprotein gB (Genbank accession no. M14923; Bzik et al., 1986, Virology 155:322-333), poliovirus I VP1 (Emini et al., 1983, Nature 304:699), envelope glycoproteins of HIV I (Putney et al., 1986, Science 234:1392-1395), hepatitis B surface antigen (Itoh et al., 1986, Nature 308:19: Neurath et al., 1986, Vaccine 4:34), diptheria toxin (Audibert et al.. 1981 , Nature 289:543), streptococcus 24M epitope (Beachey, \9%5, Adv. Exp. Med. Biol. 185:193), gonococcal pilin (Rothbard and Schoolnik, 1985, Adv. Exp. Med. Biol. 1_85:247), pseudorabies virus g50 (gpD). pseudorabies virus II (gpB), pseudorabies virus gill (gpC), pseudorabies virus glycoprotein H, pseudorabies virus glycoprotein E, transmissible gastroenteritis glycoprotein 195. transmissible gastroenteritis matrix protein, swine rotavirus glycoprotein 38, swine parvovirus capsid protein, Serpulina hydodysenteriaeιρroxectiv&>2.n gcn, bovine viral 5 diarrhea glycoprotein 55, Newcastle disease virus •hemagglutinin-neuraminidase, swine flu hemagglutinin, swine flu neuraminidase, foot and mouth disease virus, hog colera virus, swine influenza virus, African swine fever virus, Mycoplasma hyopneumoniae, infectious
- - bovine rhinotracheitis virus (e.g., infectious bovine rhinotracheitis virus glycoprotein E or glycoprotein G), or infectious laryngotracheitis virus (e.g., infectious laryngotracheitis virus 0 glycoprotein G or glycoprotein I), a glycoprotein of La Crosse virus (Gonzales-Scarano et al., 1982, Virology 120:42), neonatal calf diarrhea virus (Matsuno and Inouye, 1983, Infection and Immunity 39:155), Venezuelan equine encephalomyelitis virus (Mathews and Roehrig, 1982, J Immunol. 129:2763), punta toro virus (Dalrymple et al., 1981, in Replication of Negative Strand Viruses, Bishop and Compans (eds.), Elsevier, NY, p. 167), 5 murine leukemia virus (Steeves et al., 1974, J Virol. 14:187), mouse mammary tumor virus (Massey and Schochetman, 1981, Virology 1 15:20). hepatitis B virus core protein and/or hepatitis B virus surface antigen or a fragment or derivative thereof (see, e.g., U.K. Patent Publication No. GB 2034323 A published June 4, 1980; Ganem and Varmus, 1987, Ann. Rev. Biochem. 56:651-693; Tiollais et al., 1985, Nature 317:489-495), antigen of equine influenza virus or equine heφesvirus (e.g., equine influenza virus type A/ Alaska 91 neuraminidase, equine influenza virus type A/Miami 63 neuraminidase, equine influenza virus type A/Kentucky 81 neuraminidase equine heφesvirus type 1 glycoprotein B, and equine heφesvirus type 1 glycoprotein D, antigen of bovine respiratory syncytial virus or bovine parainfluenza virus (e.g., bovine respiratory syncytial virus attachment protein (BRSV G), bovine respiratory syncytial virus fusion protein (BRSV F), bovine respiratory syncytial virus nucleocapsid protein (BRSV N), bovine parainfluenza virus type 3 fusion protein, and the bovine parainfluenza virus type 3 hemagglutinin neuraminidase), bovine viral diarrhea virus glycoprotein 48 or glycoprotein 53.
Cellular receptors that can be targeted for treatment of an infectious disease are listed in Table 3, along with the pathogen which binds to the cellular receptor.
Figure imgf000039_0001
Figure imgf000040_0001
Figure imgf000041_0001
Figure imgf000042_0001
Viral diseases that can be treated or prevented by the methods of the present invention include, but are not limited to, those caused by hepatitis type A, hepatitis type B, hepatitis type C, influenza, varicella, adenovirus, heφes simplex type I (HSV-I), heφes simplex type II (HSV-II), rindeφest, rhinovirus, echovirus, rotavirus, respiratory syncytial virus, papilloma virus, papova virus, cytomegalovirus, echinovirus, arbovirus, hantavirus, coxsachie virus, mumps virus, measles virus, rubella virus, polio virus, human immunodeficiency virus type I (HIV-I), and human immunodeficiency virus type II (HIV-II), any picomaviridae, enteroviruses, caliciviridae, any of t Norwalk group of viruses, togaviruses, such as Dengue virus, alphaviruses, flaviviruses, coronaviruses, rabies virus, Marburg viruses, ebola viruses, parainfluenza virus, orthomyxoviruses bunyaviruses, arenaviruses, reoviruses, rotaviruses, orbiviruses, human T cell leukemia virus type human T cell leukemia virus type II, simian immunodeficiency virus, lentiviruses, polyomaviruses parvoviruses, Epstein-Barr virus, human heφesvirus-6, cercopithecine heφes virus 1 (B virus), an poxviruses
Bacterial diseases that can be treated or prevented by the methods of the present invention are caused by bacteria including, but not limited to, mycobacteria rickettsia, mycoplasma, Neisseri spp. (e.g., Neisseria mennigitidis and Neisseria gonorrhoeae), legionella, Vibrio cholerae, Streptococci, such as Streptococcus pneumoniae, corynebacteria diphtheriae, clostridium tetani. bordetella pertussis, Haemophilus spp. (e.g., influenzae), Chlamydia spp., Enterotoxigenic Escherichia coli, etc.
Protozoal diseases that can be treated or prevented by the methods of the present invention are caused by protozoa including, but not limited to, plasmodia, eimeria, leishmania,
5 kokzidioa, and trypanosoma.
In specific embodiments of the invention, the Therapeutic is administered in conjunction with an appropriate antibiotic, antifungal, anti-viral or any other drug useful in treating or preventing the infectious disease. In a preferred embodiment, the synthetic modified antibody is ι Q conjugated to a compound effective against the infectious disease agent to which the synthetic modified antibody is directed, for example, an antibiotic, antifungal or anti-viral agent. In another preferred embodiment, the modified immunoglobulin has one CDR containing a binding site for an antigen of an infectious disease agent and another CDR containing a binding site for a molecule on the surface of an immune cell, such as but not limited to a T cell, a B cell, NK cell,
15 K cell, TIL cell or neutrophil.
5.3.3. GENE THERAPY
In a specific embodiment, nucleic acids comprising a sequence encoding a synthetic modified antibody of the invention are administered to treat or prevent a disease or disorder associated with the expression of a molecule to which the synthetic modified antibody
20 . immunospecifically binds.
In this embodiment of the invention, the therapeutic nucleic acid encodes a sequence that produces intracellularly (without a leader sequence) or intercellularly (with a leader sequence) a modified immunoglobulin of the invention. 5 Any of the methods for gene therapy available in the art can be used according to the present invention. Exemplary methods are described below.
For general reviews of the methods of gene therapy, see Goldspiel et al., 1993, Clinical Pharmacy 12:488-505; Wu and Wu, 1991, Biotherapy 3:87-95; Tolstoshev, 1993, Ann. Rev. Pharmacol. Toxicol 32:573-596; Mulligan, 1993, Science 260:926-932; and Morgan and
3 Anderson, 1993, Ann. Rev. Biochem. 62:191-217; May, 1993, TIBTECH U(5): 155-215).
Methods commonly known in the art of recombinant DNA technology which can be used are described in Ausubel et al. (eds.), 1993, Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, John Wiley &
Sons, NY; Kriegler, 1990, Gene Transfer and Expression, A Laboratory Manual, Stockton Press,
NY; and in Chapters 12 and 13, Dracopoli et al. (eds), 1994, Current Protocols in Human 35
Genetics, John Wiley & Sons, NY. In one aspect, the therapeutic nucleic acid comprises an expression vector that expresses the modified immunoglobulin (or fragment thereof) in a suitable host. In particular, such a nucleic acid has a promoter operably linked to the coding sequence for the modified synthetic antibody, said promoter being inducible or constituitive, and, optionally, tissue- specific. In another embodiment, a nucleic acid molecule is used in which the antibody coding sequences and any other desired sequences are flanked by regions that promote homologous recombination at a desired site in the genome, thus providing for intrachromosomal expression of the modified antibody (Koller and Smithies, 1989, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 86:8932-8935; Zijlstra et al., 1989, Nature 342:435-438). Delivery of the nucleic acid into a patient may be either direct, in which case the patient is directly exposed to the nucleic acid or nucleic acid-carrying vector or a delivery complex, or indirect, in which case, cells are first transformed with the nucleic acid in vitro, then transplanted into the patient. These two approaches are known, respectively, as in vivo or ex vivo gene therapy. In a specific embodiment, the nucleic acid is directly administered in vivo, where it is expressed to produce the antibodies. This can be accomplished by any of numerous methods known in the art, e.g., by constructing it as part of an appropriate nucleic acid expression vector and administering it so that it becomes intracellular, e.g., by infection using a defective or attenuated retroviral or other viral vector (see U.S. Patent No. 4,980,286), or by direct injection of naked DNA, or by use of microparticle bombardment (e.g., a gene gun; Biolistic, Dupont), or coating with lipids or cell-surface receptors or transfecting agents, encapsulation in biopolymers (e.g., poly-β-l->4-N-acetylglucosamine polysaccharide; see U.S. Patent No. 5,635,493), encapsulation in liposomes, microparticles, or microcapsules, or by administering it in linkage to a peptide which is known to enter the nucleus, by administering it in linkage to a ligand which is known to enter the nucleus, by administering it in linkage to a ligand subject to receptor-mediated endocytosis (see e.g. , Wu and Wu, 1987, J. Biol. Chem. 262:4429-4432). etc. In another embodiment, a nucleic acid- ligand complex can be formed in which the ligand comprises a fusogenic viral peptide to disrupt endosomes, allowing the nucleic acid to avoid lysosomal degradation. In yet another embodiment, the nucleic acid can be targeted in vivo for cell specific uptake and expression, by targeting a specific receptor (see, e.g., PCT Publications WO 92/06180 dated April 16, 1992 (Wu et al.); WO 92/22635 dated December 23, 1992 (Wilson et al.); WO92/20316 dated November 26, 1992 (Findeis et al.); WO93/14188 dated July 22, 1993 (Young).
Alternatively, the nucleic acid can be introduced intracellularly and incoφorated within host cell DNA for expression, by homologous recombination (Koller and Smithies, 1989, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 86:8932-8935; Zijlstra et al., 1989, Nature 342:435-4381.
Alternatively, single chain antibodies can also be administered, for example, by expressing nucleotide sequences encoding single-chain antibodies within the target cell population by utilizing, for example, techniques such as those described in Marasco et al. (Marasco et al., 1993, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 90:7889-7893). Adenoviruses are other viral vectors that can be used in gene therapy. Adenoviruses are especially attractive vehicles for delivering genes to respiratory epithelia where they cause a mild disease. Other targets for adenovirus-based delivery systems are liver, the central nervous system, endothelial cells, and muscle. Adenoviruses have the advantage of being capable of infecting non-dividing cells. Kozarsky and Wilson, 1993. Current Opinion in Genetics and Development 3:499-503 present a review of adenovirus-based gene therapy. Bout et al., 1994. Human Gene Therapy 5:3-10 demonstrated the use of adenovirus vectors to transfer genes to the respiratory epithelia of rhesus monkeys. Other instances of the use of adenoviruses in gene therapy can be found in Rόsenfeld et al., 1991, Science 252:431-434: Rosenfeld et al., 1992, Cell 68:143-155; and Mastrangeli et al., 1993, J. Clin. Invest. 9 .:225- 234. Adeno-associatεd virus (AAV) has also been proposed for use in gene therapy (Walsh et al., 1993, Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol. Med. 204:289-300).
The form and amount of therapeutic nucleic acid envisioned for use depends on the type of disease and the severity of the desired effect, patient state, etc., and can be determined by one skilled in the art.
5.3.4. VACCINE IMMUNIZATION
The modified antibody of the present invention may be used as a vaccine in a subject in which immunity for the binding site for the particular molecule or antigen is desired. The vaccines and methods of the present invention may be used either to prevent a disease or disorder, or to treat a particular disease or disorder, where an anti-idiotype response against a ■ particular synthetic antibody is therapeutically or prophylaclically useful.
The methods and compositions of the present invention may be used to elicit a humoral and/or a cell-mediated response against the synthetic antibody of the vaccine in a subject. In one specific embodiment, the methods and compositions elicit a humoral response against the administered synthetic antibody in a subject. In another specific embodiment, the methods and compositions elicit a cell-mediated response against the administered synthetic antibody in a subject, in a preferred embodiment, the methods and compositions elicit both a humoral and a cell-mediated response. 5.4. PHARMACEUTICAL PREPARATIONS AND METHODS OF ADMINISTRATION
5.4.1. FORMULATIONS AND ADMINISTRATION
Therapeutic compositions containing a modified immunoglobulin for use in accordance with the present invention can be formulated in any conventional manner using one or more physiologically acceptable carriers or excipients.
Thus, the modified immunoglobulins (or functionally active fragments thereof or nucleic acids encoding the antibodies or fragments) and their physiologically acceptable salts and solvents can be formulated for administration by inhalation or insufflation (either through the mouth or the nose) or oral, buccal, parenteral or rectal administration.
For oral administration, the Therapeutics can take the form of, for example, tablets or capsules prepared by conventional means with pharmaceutically acceptable excipients such as binding agents (e.g., pregelatinised maize starch, polyvinylpyrrolidone or hydroxypropyl methylcellulose); fillers (e.g., lactose, microcrystalline cellulose or calcium hydrogen phosphate); lubricants (e.g., magnesium stearate, talc or silica); disintegrants (e.g., potato starch or sodium starch glycolate); or wetting agents (e.g., sodium lauryl sulphate). The tablets can be coated by methods well known in the art. Liquid preparations for oral administration can take the form of, for example, solutions, syrups or suspensions, or they can be presented as a dry product for constitution with water or other suitable vehicle before use. Such liquid preparations can be prepared by conventional means with pharmaceutically acceptable additives such as suspending agents (e.g., sorbitol syrup, cellulose derivatives or hydrogenated edible fats); emulsifying agents (e.g., lecithin or acacia); non-aqueous vehicles (e.g., almond oil, oily esters, ethyl alcohol or fractionated vegetable oils); and preservatives (e.g., methyl or propyl-p-hydroxybenzoates or sorbic acid). The preparations can also contain buffer salts, flavoring, coloring and sweetening agents as appropriate.
Preparations for oral administration can be suitably formulated to give controlled release of the active compound.
For buccal administration the Therapeutics can take the form of tablets or lozenges formulated in conventional manner. For administration by inhalation, the Therapeutics according to the present invention are conveniently delivered in the form of an aerosol spray presentation from pressurized packs or a nebulizer, with the use of a suitable propellant, e.g., dichlorodifluoromethane, trichlorofluoromethane, dichlorotetrafluoroethane, carbon dioxide or other suitable gas. In the case of a pressurized aerosol the dosage unit can be determined by providing a valve to deliver a metered amount. Capsules and cartridges of, e.g., gelatin for use in an inhaler or insufflator can be formulated containing a powder mix of the compound and a suitable powder base such as lactose or starch.
The Therapeutics can be formulated for parenteral administration (/'. e. , intravenous or intramuscular) by injection, via, for example, bolus injection or continuous infusion. Formulations for injection can be presented in unit dosage form, e.g., in ampoules or in multi-dose containers, with an added preservative. The compositions can take such forms as suspensions, solutions or emulsions in oily or aqueous vehicles, and can contain formulatory agents such as suspending, stabilizing and/or dispersing agents. Alternatively, the active ingredient can be in powder form for constitution with a suitable vehicle, e.g., sterile pyrogen-free water, before use.
The Therapeutics can also be formulated in rectal compositions such as suppositories or retention enemas, e.g., containing conventional suppository bases such as cocoa butter or other glycerides.
In addition to the formulations described previously, the Therapeutics can also be formulated as a depot preparation. Such long acting formulations can be administered by implantation (for example subcutaneously or intramuscularly) or by intramuscular injection. Thus, for example, the compounds can be formulated with suitable polymeric or hydrophobic materials (for example as an emulsion in an acceptable oil) or ion exchange resins, or as sparingly soluble derivatives, for example, as a sparingly soluble salt. The modified immunoglobulins of the invention may be administered as separate compositions or as a single composition with more than one antibodies linked by conventional chemical or by molecular biological methods. Additionally, the diagnostic and therapeutic value of the antibodies of the invention may be augmented by their use in combination with radionuclides or with toxins such as ricin or with chemotherapeutic agents such as methotrexate.
The composition, if desired, can also contain minor amounts of wetting or emulsifying agents, or pH buffering agents. The composition can be a liquid solution, suspension, emulsion, tablet, pill, capsule, sustained release formulation, or powder. Oral formulation can include standard carriers such as pharmaceutical grades of mannitol, lactose, starch, magnesium stearate, sodium saccharine, cellulose, magnesium carbonate, etc.
Generally, the ingredients are supplied either separately or mixed together in unit dosage form, for example, as a dry lyophilized powder or water free concentrate in a hermetically sealed container such as an ampoule or sachette indicating the quantity of active agent. Where the composition is administered by injection, an ampoule of sterile diluent can be provided so that the ingredients may be mixed prior to administration. The invention also provides a pharmaceutical pack or kit comprising one or more containers filled with one or more of the ingredients of the vaccine formulations of the invention. Associated with such container(s) can be a notice in the form prescribed by a governmental agency regulating the manufacture, use or sale of pharmaceuticals or biological products, which notice reflects approval by the agency of manufacture, use or sale for human administration.
The compositions may, if desired, be presented in a pack or dispenser device which may contain one or more unit dosage forms containing the active ingredient. The pack may for example comprise metal or plastic foil, such as a blister pack. The pack or dispenser device may be accompanied by instructions for administration. Composition comprising a compound of the invention formulated in a compatible pharmaceutical carrier may also be prepared, placed in an appropriate container, and labelled for treatment of an indicated condition.
Many methods may be used to introduce the vaccine formulations of the invention; these include but are not limited to oral, intracerebral, intradermal, intramuscular, intraperitoneal, intravenous, subcutaneous, intranasal routes, and via scarification (scratching through the top layers of skin, e.g , using a bifurcated needle) or any other standard routes of immunization.
The precise dose of the modified immunoglobulin molecule to be employed in the formulation will also depend on the route of administration, and the nature of the patient, and should be decided according to the judgment of the practitioner and each patient's circumstances according to standard clinical techniques. An effective immunizing amount is that amount sufficient to produce an immune response to the synthetic antibody in the host to which the vaccine preparation is administered. Effective doses may also be extrapolated from dose-response curves derived from animal model test systems.
5.4.2. EFFECTIVE DOSE
The compounds and nucleic acid sequences described herein can be administered to a patient at therapeutically effective doses to treat certain diseases or disorders such as cancers or infectious diseases. A therapeutically effective dose refers to that amount of a compound sufficient to result in a healthful benefit in the treated subject.
Toxicity and therapeutic efficacy of compounds can be determined by standard pharmaceutical procedures in cell cultures or experimental animals, e.g., for determining the LD50 (the dose lethal to 50% of the population) and the ED50 (the dose therapeutically effective in 50% of the population). The dose ratio between toxic and therapeutic effects is the therapeutic index and it can be expressed as the ratio LO5O/ED50. Compounds which exhibit large therapeutic indices are preferred. While compounds that exhibit toxic side effects can be used, care should be taken to design a delivery system that targets such compounds to the site of affected tissue in order to minimize potential damage to uninfected cells and, thereby, reduce side effects.
The data obtained from the cell culture assays and animal studies can be used in formulating a range of dosage for use in humans. The dosage of such compounds lies preferably within a range of circulating concentrations that include the ED50 with little or no toxicity. The dosage can vary within this range depending upon the dosage form employed and the route of administration utilized. For any compound used in the method of the invention, the therapeutically effective dose can be estimated initially from cell culture assays. A dose can be formulated in animal models to achieve a circulating plasma concentration range that includes the IC50 (i.e., the concentration of the test compound which achieves a half-maximal inhibition of symptoms) as determined in cell culture. Such information can be used to more accurately determine useful doses in humans. Levels in plasma can be measured, for example, by high performance liquid chromatography.
5.4.3. VACCINE FORMULATIONS AND ADMINISTRATION
The invention also provides vaccine formulations containing Therapeutics of the invention, which vaccine formulations are suitable for administration to elicit a protective immune (humoral and/or cell mediated) response against certain antigens , e.g., for the treatment and prevention of diseases.
Suitable preparations of such vaccines include injectables, either as liquid solutions or suspensions; solid forms suitable for solution in. suspension in, liquid prior to injection, may also be prepared. The preparation may also be emulsified, or the polypeptides encapsulated in liposomes. The active immunogenic ingredients are often mixed with excipients which are pharmaceutically acceptable and compatible with the active ingredient.
Suitable excipients are, for example, water, saline, buttered saline, dextrose, glycerol, ethanol, sterile isotonic aqueous buffer or the like and combinations thereof. In addition, if desired, the vaccine preparation may also include minor amounts of auxiliary substances such as wetting or emulsifying agents, pH buffering agents, and or adjuvants which enhance the effectiveness of the vaccine.
Examples of adjuvants which may be effective, include, but are not limited to: aluminim hydroxide, N-acetyl-muramyl-L-threonyl-D-isoglutamine (thr-MDP), N-acetyl- nor-muramyl-L-alanyl-D-isoglutamine, N-acetylmuramyl-L-alanyl-D-isoglutaminyl-L- alanine-2-(r-2'-dipalmitoyl-sn-glycero-3-hydroxyphosphoryloxy)-ethylamine.
The effectiveness of an adjuvant may be determined by measuring the induction of anti-idiotype antibodies directed against the injected immunoglobulin formulated with the
5 particular adjuvant.
The composition can be a liquid solution, suspension, emulsion, tablet, pill, capsule, sustained release formulation, or powder. Oral formulation can include standard carriers such as pharmaceutical grades of mannitol, lactose, starch, magnesium stearate, sodium saccharine, cellulose, magnesium carbonate, etc.
10 Generally, the ingredients are supplied either separately or mixed together in unit dosage form, for example, as a dry lyophilized powder or water free concentrate in a hermetically sealed container such as an ampoule or sachette indicating the quantity of active agent. Where the composition is administered by injection, an ampoule of sterile diluent can be provided so that the ingredients may be mixed prior to administration.
15 In a specific embodiment, the lyophilized modified immunoglobulin of the invention is provided in a first container; a second container comprises diluent consisting of an aqueous solution of 50% glycerin, 0.25% phenol, and an antiseptic (e.g., 0.005% brilliant green).
The invention also provides a pharmaceutical pack or kit comprising one or more
20 containers filled with one cr more of the ingredients of the vaccine formulations of the invention. Associated with such container(s) can be a notice in the form prescribed by a governmental agency regulating the manufacture, use or sale of pharmaceuticals or biological products, which notice reflects approval by the agency of manufacture, use or sale for human administration.
25 The compositions may, if desired, be presented in a pack or dispenser device which may contain one or more unit dosage forms containing the active ingredient. The pack may for example comprise metal or plastic foil, such as a blister pack. The pack or dispenser device may be accompanied by instructions for administration. Composition comprising a compound of the invention formulated in a compatible pharmaceutical carrier may also be
•,n prepared, placed in an appropriate container, and labeled for treatment of an indicated condition.
The subject to which the vaccine is administered is preferably a mammal, most preferably a human, but can also be a non-human animal including but not limited to cows, horses, sheep, pigs, fowl (e.g., chickens), goats, cats, dogs, hamsters, mice and rats.
35 Many methods may be used to introduce the vaccine formulations of the invention; these include but are not limited to oral, intracerebral, intradermal. intramuscular, intraperitoneal, intravenous, subcutaneous, intranasal routes, and via scarification (scratching through the top layers of skin, e.g., using a bifurcated needle) or any other standard routes of immunization. In a specific embodiment, scarification is employed.
The precise dose of the modified immunoglobulin molecule to be employed in the formulation will also depend on the route of administration, and the nature of the patient, and should be decided according to the judgment of the practitioner and each patient's circumstances according to standard clinical techniques. An effective immunizing amount is that amount sufficient to produce an immune response to the modified immunoglobulin molecule in the host (i.e., an anti-idiotype reaction) to which the vaccine preparation is administered. Effective doses may also be extrapolated from dose-response curves derived from animal model test systems.
5.5. DIAGNOSTIC METHODS
Modified immunoglobulins, particularly antibodies, (and functionally active fragments thereof) that bind a specific molecule that is a member of a binding pair may be used as diagnostics and prognostics, as described herein. In various embodiments, the present invention provides the measurement of a member of the binding pair, and the uses of such measurements in clinical applications. The modified immunoglobulins in the present invention may be used, for example, in the detection of an antigen in a biological sample whereby patients may be tested for aberrant levels of the molecule to which the modified immunoglobulin binds, and/or for the presence of abnormal forms of such molecules. By "aberrant levels" is meant increased or decreased relative to that present, or a standard level representing that present, in an analogous sample from a portion of the body or from a subject not having the disorder. The modified antibodies of this invention may also be included as a reagent in a kit for use in a diagnostic or prognostic technique.
In the specific embodiments of the invention, a modified antibody of the invention that immunospecifically binds to a cancer or tumor antigen or an antigen of an infectious disease agent may be used to diagnose, prognose or screen for a cancer or tumor or an infectious disease associated with the expression of the cancer or tumor antigen or the antigen of the infectious disease agent. In a preferred aspect, the invention provides a method of diagnosing or screening for the presence of or a predisposition for developing a cancer characterized by the increased presence of a cancer antigen, which is a first member of a binding pair consisting of said first member and a second member, said method comprising measuring in a subject the level of immunospecific binding of a modified antibody to a sample derived from the subject, in which said modified antibody immunospecifically binds said cancer antigen and in which said modified antibody comprises a variable domain having at least one CDR containing portion of said second member, said portion containing a binding site for said cancer antigen and not being found naturally within said CDR, in which an increase in the level of said immunospecific binding, relative to the level of said immunospecific binding in an analogous sample from a subject not having the cancer or a predisposition for developing the cancer, indicates the presence of ι o the cancer or a predisposition for developing the cancer.
In another preferred aspect, the invention provides a method of diagnosing or screening for the presence of an infectious disease agent, characterized by the presence of an antigen of said infectious disease agent, which antigen is a first member of a binding pair consisting of said first member and a second member, said method comprising measuring in
15 a subject the level of immunospecific binding of a modified antibody to a sample derived from the subject, in which said modified antibody immunospecifically binds said antigen and in which said modified antibody comprises a variable domain having at least one CDR containing an at least four amino acid portion of said second member, said portion containing a binding site for said antigen and not being found naturally within said CDR, in
20 which an increase in the level of said immunospecific binding, relative to the level of said immunospecific binding in an analogous sample from a subject not having the infectious disease agent, indicates the presence of said infectious disease agent.
In another preferred embodiment, the invention provides a method for detecting abnormal levels of a particular ligand or receptor in a sample derived from a subject by comparing the immunospecific binding of a modified antibody that binds the particular ligand or receptor to the sample with the immunospecific binding of the modified antibody to a sample having normal levels of the ligand or receptor.
The measurement of a molecule that is bound by a modified antibody can be valuable in detecting and/or staging diseases related to the molecule in a subject, in
3Q screening of such diseases in a population, in differential diagnosis of the physiological condition of a subject, and in monitoring the effect of a therapeutic treatment on a subject.
The following assays are designed to detect molecules to which the modified antibodies immunospecifically bind.
35 In specific embodiments, these diagnostic methods may be used to detect abnormalities in the level of gene expression, or abnormalities in the structure and/or temporal, tissue, cellular, or subcellular location of the particular molecule to be assayed. The tissue or cell type to be analyzed will generally include those which are known, or suspected, to express the particular molecule. The protein isolation methods employed herein may, for example, be such as those described in Harlow and Lane (Harlow, E. and Lane, D., 1988, "Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual", Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, New York). The isolated cells can be derived from cell culture or from a patient. The modified antibodies (or functionally active fragments thereof) useful in the present invention may, additionally, be employed histologically, as in immunofluorescence or immunoelectron microscopy, for in situ detection of the molecule. In situ detection may be accomplished by removing a histological specimen from a patient, such as paraffin embedded sections of affected tissues and applying thereto a labeled modified antibody of the present invention. The modified antibody (or functionally active fragment thereof) is preferably applied by overlaying the labeled modified antibody onto a biological sample. If the molecule to which the antibody binds is present in the cytoplasm, it may be desirable to introduce the modified antibody inside the cell, for example, by making the cell membrane permeable. Through the use of such a procedure, it is possible to determine not only the presence of the particular molecule, but also its distribution in the examined tissue. Using the present invention, those of ordinary skill will readily perceive that any of a wide variety of histological methods (such as staining procedures) can be modified in order to achieve such in situ detection.
Immunoassays for the particular molecule will typically comprise incubating a sample, such as a biological fluid, a tissue extract, freshly harvested cells, or lysates of cultured cells, in the presence of a detectably labeled modified antibody and detecting the bound antibody by any of a number of techniques well-known in the art.
The biological sample may be brought in contact with and immobilized onto a solid phase support or carrier such as nitrocellulose, or other solid support which is capable of immobilizing cells, cell particles or soluble proteins. The support may then be washed with suitable buffers followed by treatment with the detectably labeled modified antibody. The solid phase support may then be washed with the buffer a second time to remove unbound antibody. The amount of bound label on solid support may then be detected by conventional means.
By "solid phase support or carrier" is intended any support capable of binding an antigen or an antibody. Well-known supports or carriers include glass, polystyrene, polypropylene, polyethylene, dextran, nylon, amylases, natural and modified celluloses, polyacrylamides, gabbros, and magnetite. The nature of the carrier can be either soluble to some extent or insoluble for the puφoses of the present invention. The support material may have virtually any possible structural configuration so long as the coupled molecule is capable of binding to an antigen or antibody. Thus, the support configuration may be spherical, as in a bead, or cylindrical, as in the inside surface of a test tube, or the external surface of a rod. Alternatively, the surface may be flat such as a sheet, test strip, etc. Preferred supports include polystyrene beads. Those skilled in the art will know many other suitable carriers for binding antibody or antigen, or will be able to ascertain the same by use of routine experimentation.
The binding activity of a given modified antibody may be determined according to well known methods. Those skilled in the art will be able to determine operative and optimal assay conditions for each determination by employing routine experimentation.
One of the ways in which a modified antibody can be detectably labeled is by linking the same to an enzyme and use in an enzyme immunoassay (EIA) (Voller, A., "The Enzyme Linked Immunosorbent Assay (ELISA)", 1978, Diagnostic Horizons 2:1-7, Microbiological Associates Quarterly Publication, Walkersville, MD); Voller et al., 1978, J. Clin. Pathol 31:507-520; Butler, 1981, Meth. Enzymol 73:482-523; Maggio, E. (ed.), 1980, Enzyme Immunoassay, CRC Press, Boca Raton, FL,; Ishikawa et al., (eds.), 1981, Enzyme Immunoassay, Kgaku Shoin, Tokyo)). The enzyme which is bound to the modified antibody will react with an appropriate substrate, preferably a chromogenic substrate, in such a manner as to produce a chemical moiety which can be detected, for example, by spectrophotometric, fiuorimetric or by visual means. Enzymes which can be used to detectably label the modified antibody include, but are not limited to, malate dehydrogenase, staphylococcal nuclease, delta-5-steroid isomerase, yeast alcohol dehydrogenase, alpha- glycerophosphate, dehydrogenase, triose phosphate isomerase, horseradish peroxidase, alkaline phosphatase, asparaginase, glucose oxidase, beta-galactosidase, ribonuclease, urease, catalase, glucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase, glucoamylase and acetylcholinesterase. The detection can be accomplished by colorimetric methods which employ a chromogenic substrate for the enzyme. Detection may also be accomplished by visual comparison of the extent of enzymatic reaction of a substrate in comparison with similarly prepared standards.
Detection may also be accomplished using any of a variety of other immunoassays. For example, by radioactively labeling the synthetic antibodies or fragments, it is possible to detect the protein that the antibody was designed for through the use of a radioimmunoassay (RIA) (see, for example, Weintraub, 1986, Principles of Radioimmunoassays, Seventh Training Course on Radioligand Assay Techniques, The Endocrine Society). The radioactive isotope can be detected by such means as the use of a gamma counter or a scintillation counter or by autoradiography.
5 It is also possible to label the modified antibody with a fluorescent compound.
When the fluorescently labeled antibody is exposed to light of the proper wave length, its presence can then be detected due to fluorescence. Among the most commonly used fluorescent labeling compounds are fluorescein isothiocyanate, rhodamine, phycoerythrin, phycocyanin, allophycocyanin, o-phthaldehyde and fluorescamine. ι Q The modified antibody can also be detectably labeled using fluorescence emitting metals such as 152Eu, or others of the lanthanide series. These metals can be attached to the antibody using such metal chelating groups as diethylenetriaminepentacetic acid (DTP A) or ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA).
The modified antibody also can be detectably labeled by coupling it to a
15 chemiluminescent compound. The presence of the chemiluminescent-tagged antibody is then determined by detecting the presence of luminescence that arises during the course of a chemical reaction. Examples of particularly useful chemiluminescent labeling compounds are luminol, isoluminol, theromatic acridinium ester, imidazole, acridinium salt and oxalate ester.
20 Likewise, a bioluminescent compound may be used to label the synthetic modified antibody of the present invention. Bioluminescence is a type of chemiluminescence found in biological systems, in which a catalytic protein increases the efficiency of the chemiluminescent reaction. The presence of a bioluminescent protein is determined by detecting the presence of luminescence. Important bioluminescent compounds for puφoses
25 of labeling are luciferin, luciferase and aequorin.
5.6. DEMONSTRATION OF THERAPEUTIC UTILITY
The Therapeutics of the invention are preferably tested in vitro, and then in vivo, for the desired therapeutic or prophylactic activity, prior to use in humans. For example, in 3Q vitro assays that can be used to determine whether administration of a specific Therapeutic is indicated include in vitro cell culture assays in which appropriate cells from a cell line or cells cultured from a patient having a particular disease or disorder are exposed to or otherwise administered a Therapeutic, and the effect of the Therapeutic on the cells is observed.
35 Where the Therapeutic is a modified immunoglobulin that recognizes a cancer or tumor antigen, the potential efficacy of the modified immunoglobulin may be assayed by contacting the Therapeutic to cultured cells (either from a patient or cultured cell line) and then assaying for cell survival or growth using any method known in the art, for example,
5 cell proliferation can be assayed by measuring 3H-thymidine incoφoration, by direct cell count, by detecting changes in transcriptional activity of known genes such as proto- oncogens e.g.,fos, myc) or cell cycle markers; cell viability can be assessed by trypan blue staining, differentiation can be assessed visually based on changes in moφhology, etc. Where the Therapeutic is a modified antibody that recognizes an antigen of an ι Q infectious disease agent or a cellular receptor for an infectious disease agent, the potential efficacy of the antibody may be assayed by contacting the Therapeutic to cultured cells (either from a patient or cultured cell line) that are infected with the infectious disease agent and then assaying the cells for reduction in the infectious disease agent or for reduction in physiological indicators of infection with the infectious disease agent. Alternatively, the
, c Therapeutic may be assayed by contacting the Therapeutic to cells (either cultured from a patient or from a cultured cell line) that are susceptible to infection by the infectious disease agent but that are not infected with the infectious disease agent, exposing the cells to the infectious disease agent, and then determining whether the infection rate of cells contacted with the Therapeutic was lower than the infection rate of cells not so contacted with the
20 Therapeutic. Infection of cells with an infectious disease agent may be assayed by any method known in the art.
Wherr the Therapeutic is a modified immunoglobulin specific for a particular ligand or receptor, the potential efficacy of the modified immunoglobulin may be tested by contacting the Therapeutic to cultured cells (either from a patient or cultured cell line) that 5 express the receptor member of the binding pair and determining whether the Therapeutic prevents ligand binding to the receptor and/or receptor signaling or if the Therapeutic stimulates receptor signaling. These indicators can be measured by any method known in the art for measuring ligand-receptor binding and receptor signaling (e.g., as exemplified in Section 6).
3Q The Therapeutics may also be tested for efficacy in appropriate animal models, and in clinical trials, in humans. The efficacy of the Therapeutic may be determined by any method in the art, for example, after administration of the Therapeutic to the animal model or to the humann subject, the animal or human subject is evaluated for any indicator of the disease or disorder that the Therapeutic is intended to treat. For example, the efficacy of the
35 Therapeutic can be assessed by measuring the level of the molecule against which the modified antibody is directed in the animal model or human subject at suitable time intervals - before, during, or after therapy. Any change or absence of change in the amount of the molecule can be identified and correlated with the effect of the treatment on the subject. The level of the molecule can be determined by any method known in the art, e.g., by any of the immunoassay methods described in Section 5.5, supra, or 5.7, infra.
In other aspects, the modified antibodies may be tested for efficacy by monitoring the subject for improvement or recovery from the particular disease or condition associated with the molecule against which the synthetic modified antibody is directed. When the modified antibody is directed against a tumor or a cancer antigen, the progress of the ι o particular tumor or cancer may be followed by any diagnostic or screening method known for monitoring cancer or a tumor. For example, but not by way of limitation, the process of the cancer or tumor may be monitored by assaying the levels of the particular cancer or tumor antigen (or another antigen associated with the particular cancer or tumor) either in the serum of the subject or by injecting a labeled antibody specific for the antigen.
15 Additionally, other imaging techniques, such as computer tomographic (CT) scan or sonograms, or any other imaging method, may be used to monitor the progression of the cancer or tumor. Biopsies may also be performed. Before carrying out such trials in humans, the tests for efficacy of the modified immunoglobulins can be performed in animal models of the particular cancer or tumor.
20 Where the Therapeutic is specific for an antigen of an infectious disease agent or a cellular receptor of an infectious disease agent, the efficacy of the modified antibody can be assayed by administering the modified antibody to a subject (either a human subject or an animal model for the disease) and then monitoring either the levels of the particular infectious disease agent or symptoms of the particular infectious disease. The levels of the 5 infectious disease agent may be determined by any method known in the art, for assaying the levels of an infectious disease agent, e.g., the viral titer, in the case of a virus, or bacterial levels (for example, by culturing of a sample from the patient), etc. The levels of the infectious disease agent may also be determined by measuring the levels of the antigen against which the modified immunoglobulin was directed. A decrease in the levels of the 0 infectious disease agent or an amelioration of the symptoms of the infectious disease indicates that the modified antibody is effective.
Where the therapeutic is administered as a vaccine, the immunopotency of a vaccine formulation containing the modified antibody of the invention can be determined by monitoring the anti-idiotypic response of test animals following immunization with the
35 vaccine. Generation of a humoral response may be taken as an indication of a generalized immune response, other components of which, particularly cell-mediated immunity, may be- important for protection against a disease. Test animals may include mice, rabbits, chimpanzees and eventually human subjects. A vaccine made in this invention can be made to infect chimpanzees experimentally. However, since chimpanzees are a protected species, the antibody response to a vaccine of the invention can first be studied in a number of smaller, less expensive animals, with the goal of finding one or two best candidate immunoglobulin molecules or best combinations of immunoglobulin molecules to use in chimpanzee efficacy studies.
The immune response of the test subjects can be analyzed by various approaches such as the reactivity of the resultant immune serum to antibodies, as assayed by known techniques, e.g., enzyme linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA), immunoblots, radioimmunoprecipitations, etc.; or protection from infection and/or attenuation of disease symptoms in immunized hosts.
As one example of suitable animal testing, the vaccine composition of the invention may be tested in rabbits for the ability to induce an anti-idiotypic response to the modified immunoglobulin molecule. For example, male specific-pathogen-free (SPF) young adult New Zealand White rabbits may be used. The test group of rabbits each receives an effective amount of the vaccine. A control group of rabbits receives an injection in 1 mM Tris-HCl pH 9.0 of the vaccine containing a naturally occurring antibody. Blood samples may be drawn from the rabbits every one or two weeks, and serum analyzed for anti- idiotypic antibodies to the modified immunoglobulin molecule and anti-anti-idiotypic antibodies specific for the antigen against which the modified antibody was directed using, e.g., by a radioimmunoassay (Abbott Laboratories). The presence of anti-idiotypic antibodies may be assayed using an ELISA. Because rabbits may give a variable response due to their outbred nature, it may also be useful to test the vaccines in mice.
5.7. ASSAYS OF THE MODIFIED IMMUNOGLOBULINS
After constructing an immunoglobulin having one or more CDRs containing a binding site for a particular molecule, any binding assay known in the art can be used to assess the binding between the resulting modified antibody and the particular molecule.
These assays may also be performed to select antibodies that exhibit a higher affinity or specificity for the particular antigen.
For example, but not by way of limitation, binding of the modified antibody to the particular molecule can be assayed using various immunoassays known in the art including but not limited to, competitive and non-competitive assay systems using techniques such as radioimmunoassays, ELISA (enzyme linked immunosorbent assay), "sandwich" immunoassays, immunoradiometric assays, gel diffusion precipitin reactions, immonodiffusion assays, in situ immunoassays (using colloidal gold, enzyme or radioisotope lables, for example), western blots, precipitation reactions, agglutination assays
5 (e S-> gel agglutination assays, hemagglutination assays), complement fixation assays, immunofluorescence assays, protein A assays, and immunoelectrophoresis assays, etc. In one embodiment, antibody binding is detected by detecting a label on the primary antibody. In another embodiment, the primary antibody is detected by detecting binding of a secondary antibody or reagent to the primary antibody. In a further embodiment, the ι Q secondary antibody is labelled. Many means are known in the art for detecting binding in an immunoassay and are within the scope of the present invention.
An in vitro assay system useful in assessing the binding of the modified antibody to its target molecule is described below. Briefly, a reaction mixture of the modified antibody and the test sample is incubated under conditions and for a time sufficient to allow the two
15 components to interact with, e.g., bind to each other, thus forming a complex, which can represent a transient complex, which can be removed and/or detected in the reaction mixture. These assays can be conducted in a variety of ways. For example, one method to conduct such an assay would involve anchoring the modified antibody or the test substance onto a solid phase and detecting the antibody/molecule complexes anchored on the solid phase at
20 the end of the reaction. In one embodiment of such a method, the modified antibody may be labeled, either directly or indirectly, and the test sample be anchored onto a solid surface. In practice, microtiter plates may conveniently be utilized as the solid phase. The anchored component may be immobilized by non-covalent or covalent attachments. Non-covalent attachment may be accomplished by simply coating the solid surface with a solution of the
25 test sample and drying.
In order to conduct the assay, the nonimmobilized component is added to the coated surface containing the anchored component. After the reaction is complete, unreacted components are removed (e.g., by washing) under conditions such that any complexes formed will remain immobilized on the solid surface. The detection of complexes anchored
3 on the solid surface can be accomplished in a number of ways. Where the previously nonimmobilized component is pre-labeled, the detection of label immobilized on the surface indicates that complexes were formed. Where the previously nonimmobilized component is not pre-labeled, an indirect label can be used to detect complexes anchored on the surface. Alternatively, a reaction can be conducted in a liquid phase, the reaction products 5 separated from unreacted components, and complexes detected. 5.8. TRANSGENIC ANIMALS
The invention also provides animals that are transgenic for (i.e., contain a nucleic acid encoding) a modified immunoglobulin of the invention (or a functional fragment thereof). Animals of any species, including, but not limited to, mice, rats, rabbits, guinea pigs, sheep, pigs, micro-pigs, goats, and non-human primates, e.g., baboons, monkeys, and chimpanzees, may be used to generate transgenic animals of the invention.
Accordingly, in specific embodiments, the invention provides recombinant non- human animals containing a recombinant nucleic acid that contains a nucleotide sequence encoding a modified immunoglobulin of the invention, in particular, a recombinant non- ι Q human animal that is transgenic for a nucleic acid encoding a modified antibody that immunospecifically binds a cancer or tumor antigen or that is transgenic for a nucleic acid encoding a modified antibody that immunospecifically binds an antigen of an infectious disease agent or a cellular receptor of an infectious disease agent.
Any technique known in the art may be used to introduce the antibody transgene into
15 animals to produce the founder lines of transgenic animals. Such techniques include, but are not limited to pronuclear microinjection (Hoppe and Wagner, 1989, U.S. Pat. No. 4,873,191); retrovirus mediated gene transfer into germ lines (Van der Putten et al., 1985, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 82:6148-6152); gene targeting in embryonic stem cells (Thompson et al., 1989, Cell 56:313-321); electroporation of embryos (Lo, 1983, Mol Cell.
20 Biol 3:1803-1814); and sperm-mediated gene transfer (Lavitrano et al., 1989, Cell 57:717- 723); etc. For a review of such Techniques, see Gordon, 1989, Transgenic Animals, Intl. Rev. Cytol 115:171-229. which is incoφorated by reference herein in its entirety.
The present invention provides for transgenic animals that carry the nucleotide sequence encoding the modified antibody as transgene in all their cells, as well as animals
25 which carry the transgene in some, but not all their cells, i.e., mosaic animals. The transgene may be integrated as a single transgene or in concatamers, e.g., head-to-head tandems or head-to-tail tandems. The transgene may also be selectively introduced into and activated in a particular cell type by following, for example, the teaching of Lasko et al. (Lasko et al., 1992, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 89:6232-6236). The regulatory sequences required for Q such a cell-type specific activation will depend upon the particular cell type of interest, and will be apparent to those of skill in the art. When it is desired that the nucleotide encoding the synthetic antibody transgene be integrated into the chromosomal site of the endogenous immunoglobulin, gene targeting is preferred. Briefly, when such a technique is to be utilized, vectors containing some nucleotide sequences homologous to the endogenous 5 immunoglobulin are designed for the puφose of integrating, via homologous recombination with chromosomal sequences, into and disrupting the function of the nucleotide sequence of the endogenous immunoglobulin gene. The transgene may also be selectively introduced into a particular cell type, thus inactivating the endogenous immunoglobulin in only that cell type, by following, for example, the teaching of Gu et al. (Gu et al., 1994, Science 265:103-
5 106). The regulatory sequences required for such a cell-type specific inactivation will depend upon the particular cell type of interest, and will be apparent to those of skill in the art.
Methods for the production of single-copy transgenic animals with chosen sites of integration are also well known to those of skill in the art (see, for example, Bronson et al.,
10 1996, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 93:9067-9072).
Once transgenic animals have been generated, the expression of the recombinant antibody gene may be assayed utilizing standard techniques. Initial screening may be accomplished by Southern blot analysis or PCR techniques to analyze animal tissues to assay whether integration of the transgene has taken place. The level of mRNA expression
15 of the transgene in the tissues of the transgenic animals may also be assessed using techniques which include but are not limited to Northern blot analysis of tissue samples obtained from the animal, in situ hybridization analysis, and RT-PCR. Samples of gene- expressing tissue, may also be evaluated immunocytochemically using antibodies specific for the antibody transgene product. 20
6. EXAMPLE: BRADYKININ-CONTAINING SYNTHETIC MODIFIED ANTIBODIES
This example describes the construction of synthetic modified antibodies that immunospecifically bind to the bradykinin receptor (BR). The bradykinin receptor binds to
25 a native ligand called bradykinin. The BR-bradykinin interaction is one example of a binding pair that may be used in the methods of the invention. The BR-bradykinin interaction occurs when amino acids in bradykinin, known as the binding site, contact the bradykinin receptor. The synthetic modified antibodies of this example, contain amino acids derived from the bradykinin binding site. These synthetic modified antibodies, therefore,
30 mimic the bradykinin ligand and predictably bind to the bradykinin receptor (BR). Six synthetic modified antibodies containing bradykinin sequences were constructed and demonstrated to bind BR as constructed as described below.
The strategy for producing synthetic modified antibodies containing bradykinin binding sequences is outlined as follows: 35 1) using oligonucleotides, a variable region gene was engineered to contain a CDR with a bradykinin binding sequence;
2) the engineered variable region gene was then inserted into a mammalian expression vectors containing the appropriate constant regions; 3) a vector containing both light and heavy chains was transfected into a mammalian cell and the synthetic modified antibody was expressed; and
4) the synthetic modified antibodies were assayed for BR binding.
6.1. CONSTRUCTION OF THE VARIABLE REGION GENE CONTAINING BRADYKININ BINDING SITE
In order to construct the variable region gene encoding a CDR containing the binding site of bradykinin, the following strategy was performed.
First, single strand oligonucleotides were annealed to create cohesive double stranded DNA fragments (as diagramed in Figure 5, Step 1 ; see also, Kutemeier et al., 1994 BioTechniques 17:242). Specifically, oligonucleotides of about 80 bases in length corresponding to the sequences of interest with 20 base overlapping regions were synthesized using automated techniques of GenoSys Biotech Inc. The specific sequences of these oligonucleotides are presented in Figuies 6A and B (for construction of the light and heavy chain variable regions, respectively). Figure 6 A lists the sequences of the oligonucleotides used in engineering the light chain variable region genes containing a bradykinin binding sequence. Figure 6B lists the sequences of the oligonucleotides used in engineering the heavy chain variable region genes containing a bradykinin binding sequence. The combination of oligos used to engineer the six bradykinin CDRs (BKCDR1, BKCDR2, BKCDR3, BKCDR4, BKCDR5, BKCDR6) as well as the two consensus region (ConVLl and ConVHl) are listed in Table 5.
Table 5 Oligonucleotides used in engineering synthetic modified antibodies with bradykinin sequence.
Name Oligol Oligo 2 Oligo 3 Oligo 4 Oligo 5 Oligo 6 • Oligo 7 Oligo 8 Oligo 9 OligolO Oligol l Oli
Con VI LI BKLC1 BKL C2 BKLC3 BKLC4 BKLC5 BKLC6 BKLC7 BKLC8 BKLC9 BKLCIO L2
BKCDR1 LI BKLCl BKLCDR12 BKLC3 BKLC4 BKLC5 BKLC6 BKLC7 BKLC8 BKLCDR19 BKLC10 L2
BKCDR2 LI BKLC1 BKLC2 BKLCDR23 BKLC4 BKLC5 BKLC6 BKLC7 BKLCDR28 BKLC9 BKLCIO L2
BKCDR3 LI BKLCl BKLC2 BKLC3 BKLC4 BKLCDR35 BKLCDR36 BKLC7 BKLC8 BKLC9 BKLCIO L2
ConVHl BKHC1 BKHC2 BKHC3 BKHC4 BKHC5 BKHC6 BKHC7 BKHC8 BKHC9 BKHCIO
BKCDR4 BKHC1 BKHDR42 BKHDR43 BKHC4 BKHC5 BKHC6 BKHC7 BKHC8 BKHDR49 BKHC10
BKCDR5 B HC1 BKHC2 BKHDR53 BKHC4 BKHC5 BKHC6 BKHC7 BKHDR58 BKHC9 BKHCIO
BKCDR6 BKHC1 BKHC2 BKHC3 BKHC4 BKHC5 BKHC6 BKHC7 BKHC8 BKHC9 BKHCIO
In order to combine the oligos into the desired gene, groups of 10 or 12 oligos were used to engineer a variable region gene as described below. Each oligonucleotide was 5' phosphorylated as follows: 25 μl of each oligo was incubated for 1 hour in the presence of T4 polynucleotide kinase and 50 mM ATP at 37°C. The reactions were stopped by heating for 5 minutes at 70 °C followed by ethanol precipitation. Once phosphorylated, complementary oligonucleotides (oligo 1 + oligo 10, oligo 2 + oligo 9. oligo 3 + oligo 8, oligo 4 + oligo 7, oligo 5 + oligo 6) as shown in Figure 5, were then mixed in sterile microcentrifuge tubes and annealed by heating the tube in a water bath at 65 °C for 5 minutes followed by cooling at room temperature for 30 minutes. Annealing resulted in short double strand DNA fragments with cohesive ends.
Next, the cohesive double stand DNA fragments were ligated into longer strands (Figure 5. Steps 2-4), until the engineered variable region gene was assembled. Specifically, cohesive double strand DNA fragments were ligated in the presence of T4 DNA ligase and 10 mM ATP for 2 hours in a water bath maintained at 16°C. Annealed oligo 1/10 was mixed with annealed oligo 2/9, and annealed oligo 3/8 was mixed with annealed oligo 4/7. The resulting oligos were labeled oligo 1/10/2/9 and oligo 3/8/4/7. Next, oligo 3/8/4/7 was ligated to oligo 5/6. The resulting oligo 3/8/4/7/5/6 was then ligated to oligo 1/10/2/9 which resulted in a full length variable region gene. Alternatively, when a group of 12 oligos were used, the order of addition was oligo numbers 1+12 = 1/12, 2+11=2/1 1, 3+10=3/10, 4+9=4/9, 5+8=5/8, 6+7=6/7, 1/12+2/11=1/12/2/11, 3/10+4/9=3/10/4/9, 5/8+6/7=5/8/6/7, 1/12/2/11+3/10/4/9 = 1/12/2/11/3/10/4/9, 1/12/2/11/3/10/4/9+5/8/6/7= full length variable region gene. Eight variable region genes were constructed by this method. Four genes were light chain variable region and four genes were heavy chain variable region. The engineered light chain genes included ConVLl, a consensus light chain variable region without a bradykinin sequence; BKCDRl, a light chain variable region containing bradykinin sequence in CDRl; BKCDR2, a light chain variable region containing bradykinin sequence in CDR2; and BKCDR3, a light chain variable region containing bradykinin sequence in CDR3. The engineered heavy chain variable region genes included ConVHl, a consensus heavy chain variable region without a bradykinin sequence; BKCDR4, a heavy chain variable region containing bradykinin sequence in CDR4; BKCDR5, a heavy chain variable region containing bradykinin sequence in CDR5; and BKCDR6, a heavy chain variable region containing bradykinin sequence in CDR6. The sequences of the eight engineered variable region genes is shown in Figures 4A to 4F. Each one of the engineered gene made by combining oligonucleotides was treated as follows:
The resulting engineered variable region gene was purified by gel electrophoresis. To remove unligated excess of oligonucleotides and other incomplete DNA fragments,
5 ligated product was run on 1% low melting agarose gel at constant 110 V for 2 hours. The major band containing full length DNA product was cut out and placed in a sterile 1.5 ml centrifuge tube. To release the DNA from the agarose, the gel slice was digested with f3- Agrase I at 40° C for 3 hours. The DNA was recovered by precipitation with 0.3 M NaOAc and isopropanol at — 20 °C for 1 hour followed by centrifugation at 12,000 φm for 15
10 minutes. The purified DNA pellet was resuspended in 50 μl of TE buffer, pH 8.0. The engineered variable region gene was then amplified by PCR. Specifically, 100 ng of the engineered variable region gene was mixed with 25mM dNTPs, 200 ng of primers and 5 U of high fidelity thermostable Pfu DNA polymerase in buffer. DNA was amplified for 28 cycles. Resulting PCR product was analyzed on 1% agarose gel.
15 Each purified DNA corresponding to the engineered variable region genes was subsequently inserted into the pUC19 bacterial vector. pUC19, is a 2686 base pair, a high copy number E. coli plasmid vector containing a 54 base pair polylinker cloning site in lacZ and an Amp selection marker. In order to prepare the vector for insertion of the engineered variable region gene, 10 μg of pUC19 was linearized with Hinc II (50 U) for 3 hours at
20 37°C resulting in a vector with blunt end sequence 5' GTC. To prevent self re-ligation, linear vector DNA was dephosphorylated with 25 U of calf intestine alkaline phosphatase (CTP) for 1 hour at 37°C. In order to insert the engineered variable region gene into the pUC19 vector, approximately 0.5 μg of dephosphorylated linear vector DNA was mixed with 3 μg of phosphorylated variable region gene in the presence of T4 DNA ligase ( 1000
25 U), and incubated at 16 °C for 12 hours.
The bacterial vector containing the engineered variable region gene was then used to transform bacterial cells. Specifically, freshly prepared competent DH5- cells, 50 μl. were mixed with 1 μg of pUC19 containing the engineered variable region gene and transferred to an electroporation cuvette (0.2 cm gap; Bio-Rad). Each cuvette was pulsed at 2.5 kV/200
30 ohm/25 μF in an electroporator (Bio-Rad Gene Pulser). Immediately thereafter, 1 ml of SOC media was added to each cuvette and cells were allowed to recover for 1 hour at 37°C in centrifuge tubes. An aliquot of cells from each transformation was removed, diluted 1 :100, then 100 μl plated onto LB plates containing ampicillin (Amp 40 μg/ml). The plates were incubated at 37°C overnight due to the presence of the Amp marker. Only
35 transformants containing pUC19 vector grew on LB/Amp plates. A single transformant colony was picked and grown overnight in a 3 ml LB/Amp sterile glass tube with constant shaking at 37 °C. The plasmid DNA was isolated using Easy Prep columns (Pharmacia Biotech.) and suspended in 100 μl of TE buffer, pH 7.5. To confirm the presence of gene insert in pUC19, 25 μl of plasmid DNA from each colony was digested with Hinc II restriction endonuclease for 1 hour at 37 °C, and was analyzed on a 1% agarose gel. By this method plasmid DNA containing gene insert was resistant to enzyme cleavage due to loss of restriction site ( 5'..GTCGAC. 3') and migrated as closed circular (CC) DNA, while those plasmids without insert were cleaved and migrated as linear (L) double strand DNA fragment on gel. In order to confirm correct gene sequences of the engineered variable region genes and to eliminate the possibility of unwanted mutations generated during the construction procedure, DNA sequencing was performed using M13/pUC reverse primer (5'AACAGCTATGACCATG 3') for the clones as well as PCR gene products using 5' end 20 base primer ( 5' GAATTCATGGCTTG GGTGTG 3') on automated ABI 377 DNA Sequencer. All clones were confirmed to contain correct sequences.
Six engineered variable region genes that contained bradykinin sequence were constructed by the methods of this example. Shown in Table 6 is the name of the synthetic- modified antibody and the location corresponding bradykinin binding sequence within the variable region gene. For example, the synthetic antibody named hAbBKCDRl contained bradykinin binding sequence (BK) in the CDRl of the variable region light chain gene (VL). This synthetic antibody had a consensus sequence (con) in the variable region heavy chain gene (VH).
Table 6. Bradvkinin-containing synthetic modified antibodies Name of Synthetic
Modified Antibody VL VH hAbBKCDRl BKCDRl ConVHl hAbBKCDR2 BKCDR2 ConVHl hAbBKCDR3 BKCDR3 ConVHl hAbBKCDR4 ConVLl BKCDR4 hAbBKCDR5 ConVLl BKCDR5 hAbBKCDRό ConVLl BKCDR6
The amino acid sequences corresponding to variable regions of each of the six synthetic modified antibodies of this example are listed in Table 7. CDRs are shown in bold. The Bradykinin binding site amino acids are: ArgProProGlyPheSerProPheArg and are indicated in the CDRs by underlines. Table 5 also illustrates the consensus sequence of a human kappa light chain VL subgroup I and human heavy chain VH subgroup I gene. In cases where the consensus CDR was too short to include the complete bradykinin binding site sequence, the amino terminal residues from the bradykinin binding site were deleted since the carboxyterminal residues were known to be more important in receptor binding (Stewart and Vavrek, Chemistry of peptide B2 bradykinin antagonists, pp. 5196, Burch, R.M., editor, Bradykinin Antagonists, Basic and Clinical Research, New York: Marcel Dekker, 1991; hereby incoφorated by reference).
Table 7. Amino acid sequences of engineered variable region genes nan kappa Light Chain VL Subgroup (Kabat et al, 1991) ino Acid Region Consensus BKCDRl BKCDR2 BKCDR3
1 FR1 Asp Asp Asp Asp
2 lie He He
3 Gin Gin Gin Gin
4 Met Met Met Met
5 Thr Thr Thr Thr
6 Gin Gin Gin Gin
7 Ser Ser Ser Ser
8 Pro Pro Pro Pro
9 Ser Ser Ser Ser
10 Ser Ser Ser Ser
1 1 Leu Leu Leu Leu
12 Ser Ser Ser Ser
13 Ala Ala Ala Ala
14 Ser Ser Ser Ser
15 Val Val Val Val
16 Gly Gly Gly Gly
17 Asp Asp Asp Asp
18 Arg Arg Arg Arg
19 Val Val Val Val
20 Thr Thr Thr Thr
21 He He He He
22 Thr Thr Thr Thr
23 Cys Cys Cys Cys
24 CDRl Arg Arg Arg Arg
25 Ala Pro Ala Ala
26 Ser Pro Ser Ser
27 (A-F) Gin Glv Gin Gin
28 Ser Phe Ser Ser
29 lie Ser He He Amino Acid Region Consensus BKCDRl BKCDR2 BKCDR3
30 Ser Pro Ser Ser
31 Asn Phe Asn Asn
32 Tyr Arg Tyr Tyr
33 Leu Leu Leu Leu
34 Ala Ala Ala Ala
35 FR2 Trp Tφ Tφ Tφ
36 Tyr Tyr Tyr Tyr
37 Gin Gin Gin Gin
38 Gin Gin Gin Gin
39 Lys Lys Lys Lys
40 Pro Pro Pro Pro
41 Gly Gly Gly Gly
42 Lys Lys Lys Lys
43 Ala Ala Ala Ala
44 Pro Pro Pro Pro
45 Lys Lys Lys Lys
46 Leu Leu Leu Leu
47 Leu Leu Leu Leu
48 He He He He
49 Tyr Tyr Tyr Tyr
50 CDR2 Ala Ala Pro Ala
51 Ala Ala Gly. Ala
52 Ser Ser Phe Ser
53 Ser Ser Ser Ser
54 Leu Leu Pro Leu
55 Glu Glu Phe Glu
56 Ser Ser Arg Ser
57 FR3 Gly Gly Gly Gly
58 Val Val Val Val
59 Pro Pro Pro Pro
60 Ser Ser Ser Ser
61 Arg Arg Arg Arg
62 Phe Phe Phe Phe
63 Ser Ser Ser Ser
64 Gly Gly Gly Gly
65 Ser Ser Ser Ser
66 Gly Gly Gly Gly
67 Ser Ser Ser Ser
> 68 Gly Gly Gly Gly
69 Thr Thr Thr Thr
70 Arg Arg Arg Arg
71 Phe Phe Phe Phe
72 Thr Thr Thr Thr
73 Leu Leu Leu Leu
74 Thr Thr Thr Thr Amino Acid Region Consensus BKCDRl BKCDR2 BKCDR3
75 He He He He
76 Ser Ser Ser Ser
77 Ser Ser Ser Ser
78 Leu Leu Leu Leu
79 Gin Gin Gin Gin
80 Pro Pro Pro Pro
81 Glu Glu Glu Glu
82 Asp Asp Asp Asp
83 Phe Phe Phe Phe
84 Ala Ala Ala Ala
85 Thr Thr Thr Thr
) 86 Tyr Tyr Tyr Tyr
87 Tyr Tyr Tyr Tyr
88 Cys Cys Cys Cys
89 CDR3 Gin Gin Gin Arg
90 Gin Gin Gin Pro
91 Tyr Tyr Tyr Pro
92 Asn Asn Asn Glv
> 93 Ser Ser Ser Phe
94 Leu Leu Leu Ser
95 (A-F) Pro Pro Pro Pro
96 Trp Trp Trp Phe
97 Thr Thr Thr Arg
98 FR4 Phe Phe Phe Phe
99 Gly Gly Gly Gly
100 Gin Gin Gin Gin
101 Gly Gly Gly Gly
102 Thr Thr Thr Thr
103 Lys Lys Lys Lys
104 Val Val Val Val
105 Glu Glu Glu Glu
5 106 He He He He
107 Lys Lys Lys Lys
108 Arg Arg Arg Arg
109 Thr Thr Thr Thr
0 Human Heavy Chain VH Subgroup I (Kabat et al, 1991)
Amino Acid Region Consensus BKCDR4 BKCDR5 BKCDR6
1 FR1 Gin Gin Gin Gin
2 Val Val Val Val 3 Gin Gin Gin Gin 4 Leu Leu Leu Leu 5 Val Val Val Val 5 Amino Acid Region Consensus BKCDR4 BKCDR5 BKCDR6
6 Gin Gin Gin Gin
7 Ser Ser Ser Ser
8 Gly Gly Gly Gly
9 Ala Ala Ala Ala
10 Glu Glu Glu Glu
1 1 Val Val Val Val
12 Lys Lys Lys Lys
13 Lys Lys Lys Lys
14 Pro Pro Pro Pro
15 Gly Gly Gly Gly
16 Ala Ala Ala Ala
) 17 Ser Ser Ser Ser
18 Val Val Val Val
19 Lys Lys Lys Lys
20 Val Val Val Val
21 Ser Ser Ser Ser
22 Cys Cys Cys Cys
23 Lys Lys Lys Lys
5 24 Ala Ala Ala Ala
25 Ser Ser Ser Ser
26 Gly Gly Gly Gly
27 Tyr Tyr Tyr Tyr
28 Thr Thr Thr Thr
29 Phe Phe Phe Phe
^ 30 Thr Thr Thr Thr
31 CDR4 Ser Pro Ser Ser
32 Tyr Gly Tyr Tyr
33 Ala Phe Ala Ala
34 He Ser He He
35 (A-B) Ser Pro Ser Ser
35A Trp Phe Trp Trp 5 5 35B Asn Arg Asn Asn
36 FR2 Tφ Tφ Tφ Tφ
37 Val Val Val Val
38 Arg Arg Arg Arg
39 Gin Gin Gin Gin
40 Ala Ala Ala Ala
0 41 Pro Pro Pro Pro
42 Gly Gly Gly Gly
43 Gin Gin Gin Gin
44 Gly Gly Gly Gly
45 Leu Leu Leu Leu
46 Glu Glu Glu Glu
47 Tφ Tφ Tφ Tφ
5 48 Met Met Met Met Amino Acid Region Consensus BKCDR4 BKCDR5 BKCDR6
49 Gly Gly Gly Gly
50 CDR5 Trp Trp Trp Trp
51 He He He He
52 (A-C) Asn Asn Asn Asn
53 Gly Gly Gly Gly
54 Asn Asn Asn Asn
39 Lys Lys Lys Lys
40 Pro Pro Pro Pro
41 Gly Gly Gly Gly
42 Lys Lys Lys Lys
43 Ala Ala Ala Ala
1 44 Pro Pro Pro Pro
45 Lys Lys Lys Lys
46 Leu Leu Leu Leu
47 Leu Leu Leu Leu
48 He He He He
49 Tyr Tyr Tyr Tyr
50 CDR2 Ala Ala Pro Ala
5 51 Ala Ala Glv Ala
52 Ser Ser Phe Ser
53 Ser Ser Ser Ser
54 Leu Leu Pro Leu
55 Glu Glu Phe Glu
56 Ser Ser Arg Ser
, 57 FR3 Gly Gly Gly Gly
} 58 Val Val Val Val
59 Pro Pro Pro Pro
60 Ser Ser Ser Ser
61 Arg Arg Arg Arg
62 Phe Phe Phe Phe
63 Ser Ser Ser Ser
5 64 Gly Gly Gly Gly
65 Ser Ser Ser Ser
66 Gly Gly Gly Gly
67 Ser Ser Ser Ser
68 Gly Gly Gly Gly
69 Thr Thr Thr Thr
70 Arg Arg Arg Arg
3 71 Phe Phe Phe Phe
72 Thr Thr Thr Thr
73 Leu Leu Leu Leu
74 Thr Thr Thr Thr
75 He He He He
76 Ser Ser Ser Ser
77 Ser Ser Ser Ser 5 Amino Acid Region Consensus BKCDR4 BKCDR5 BKCDR6
78 Leu Leu Leu Leu
79 Gin Gin Gin Gin
80 Pro Pro Pro Pro
81 Glu Glu Glu Glu
82 Asp Asp Asp Asp
83 Phe Phe Phe Phe
84 Ala Ala Ala Ala
85 Thr Thr Thr Thr
86 Tyr Tyr Tyr Tyr
87 Tyr Tyr Tyr Tyr
88 Cys Cys Cys Cys
89 CDR3 Gin Gin Gin Arg
90 Gin Gin Gin Pro
55 Gly Gly Pro Gly
56 Asp Asp Pro Asp
57 Thr Thr Glv Thr
58 Asn Asn Phe Asn
59 Tyr Tyr Ser Tyr
60 Ala Ala Pro Ala
61 Gin Gin Phe Gin
62 Lys Lys Arg Lys
63 Phe Phe Phe Phe
64 Gin Gin Gin Gin
65 Gly Gly Gly Gly
66 FR3 Arg Arg Arg Arg
67 Val Val Val Val
68 Thr Thr Thr Thr
69 He He He He
70 Thr Thr Thr Thr
71 Ala Ala Ala Ala
72 Asp Asp Asp Asp
73 Thr Thr Thr Thr
74 Ser Ser Ser Ser
75 Thr Thr Thr Thr
76 Ser Ser Ser Ser
77 Thr Thr Thr Tin-
78 Ala Ala Ala Ala
79 Tyr Tyr Tyr Tyr
80 Met Met Met Met
81 Glu Glu Glu Glu
82 (A-C) Leu Leu Leu Leu
82A Ser Ser Ser Ser
82B Ser Ser Ser Ser
82C Leu Leu Leu Leu Amino Acid Region Consensus BKCDR4 BKCDR5 BKCDR6
83 Arg Arg Arg Arg
84 Ser Ser Ser Ser
85 Glu Glu Glu Glu
86 Asp Asp Asp Asp
87 Thr Thr Thr Thr
88 Ala Ala Ala Ala
89 Val Val Val Val
90 Tyr Tyr Tyr Tyr
91 Tyr Tyr Tyr Tyr
92 Cys Cys Cys Cys
93 Ala Ala Ala Ala
94 Arg Arg Arg Arg
95 CDR6 Ala Ala Ala Ala
96 Pro Pro Pro Pro
97 Gly Gly Gly Gly
98 Tyr Tyr Tyr Phe
99 Gly Gly Gly Ser
100 (A-K) Ser Ser Ser Pro
101 Asp Asp Asp Phe
102 Tyr Tyr Tyr Arg
103 FR4 Tφ Tφ Tφ Tφ
91 Tyr Tyr Pro Pro
92 Asn Asn Asn Glv
93 Ser Ser Ser Phe
Leu Leu Leu Ser i 94
95 (A-F) Pro Pro Pro Pro
96 Trp Trp Trp Phe
97 Thr Thr Thr Arg
98 FR4 Phe Phe Phe Phe
99 Gly Gly Gly Gly
100 Gin Gin Gin Gin
; 101 Gly Gly Gly Gly
102 Thr Thr Thr Thr
103 Lys Lys Lys Lys
104 Val Val Val Val
105 Glu Glu Glu Glu
106 He He He He
107 Lys Lys Lys Lys
) 108 Arg Arg Arg Arg
109 Thr Thr Thr Thr
104 Gly Gly Gly Gly
105 Gin Gin Gin Gin
106 Gly Gly Gly Gly
107 Thr Tin- Thr Tin-
108 Leu Leu Leu Leu Amino Acid Region Consensus BKCDR4 BKCDR5 BKCDR6
109 Val Val Val Val
110 Thr Thr Thr Thr
111 Val Val Val Val
112 Ser Ser Ser Ser
113 Ser Ser Ser Ser
6.2. INSERTION OF THE ENGINEERED VARIABLE REGION GENE INTO
A MAMMALIAN EXPRESSION VECTOR
A complete antibody light chain has both a variable region and a constant region. A complete antibody heavy chain contains a variable region, a constant region, and a hinge region. In order to construct complete light chains and heavy chains, the modified variable region genes engineered above were then inserted into vectors containing the appropriate constant region. Engineered variable region genes with bradykinin sequence inserted into a light chain CDR, were inserted into the pMRROlO.l vector (Figure 3 A), which contains a human kappa light chain constant region. Insertion of the engineered light chain variable region into this vector gave a complete light chain sequence. Alternatively, engineered variable region genes with bradykinin sequence inserted into a heavy chain CDR, were inserted into the pGAMMAl vector (Figure 3B),which contains the human IgGl constant region and hinge region sequences. Insertion of the engineered heavy chain variable region gene into this vector resulted in a complete heavy chain sequence.
In order to engineer a mammalian vector encoding a complete antibody, both a complete heavy chain sequence and a light chain sequence were inserted into a single mammalian expression vector (Bebbington, C.R., 1991, In METHODS: A Companion to Methods in Enzymology, vol. 2, pp. 136-145). The resulting vector encoded both a light chain and heavy chain of antibody and was named pNEPuDGV (Figure 3C).
6.3. EXPRESSION OF SYNTHETIC MODIFIED ANTIBODIES IN MAMMALIAN CELLS
To examine the production of assembled antibodies the pNEPuDGV vector was transfected into COS cells. COS cells (an African green monkey kidney cell line, CV-1, transformed with an origin-defective SV40 virus) were used for short-term transient expression of the synthetic antibodies because of their capacity to replicate circular plasmids containing an S V40 origin of replication to very high copy number. The antibody expression vector was transfected into COS7 cells (obtained from the American Type Culture Collection) using calcium precipitation (Sullivan et al., FEBS Lett. 285:120-123. 1991). The transfected cells were grown in Dulbecco's modified Eagle's Medium and cultured for 72 hours after which supernatants containing the bradykinin-containing antibodies were collected. Supernatants from transfected COS cells were assayed using ELISA method for assembled IgG. The ELISA method involved capture of the samples and standards onto a 96-well plate coated with an anti-human IgG Fc. Bound assembled IgG was detected with an anti-human Kappa chain linked to horseradish peroxidase (HRP) and the substrate tetramethylbenzidine (TMB). Color development was proportional to the amount of assembled antibody present in the sample.
6.4. BRADYKININ-CONTAINING SYNTHETIC MODIFIED
ANTIBODIES MIMIC BRADYKININ LIGANDS AND BIND TO BRADYKININ RECEPTOR
The synthetic modified antibodies engineered to contain bradykinin binding sequences were predicted to mimic the bradykinin ligand and bind the bradykinin receptor (BR). In order to confirm that these synthetic modified antibodies bound BR, the synthetic antibodies were assayed in a bradykinin receptor binding assay. The assay to examine synthetic antibody binding to BR was performed in the following manner. SV-T2 cells were transformed fibroblasts that express approximately 3,000 bradykinin receptors (BR) per cell. Stimulation of bradykinin receptors on SV-T2 cells leads to a rapid increase in PGE2 synthesis that is proportional to bradykinin binding. Therefore, PGE2 released into the medium is indicative of receptor binding.
As shown in Figure 7A, PGE2 synthesis was stimulated approximately four folds by the addition of 1 nM bradykinin (ligand). PGE2 synthesis was quantitated by ELISA. Also examined in Figure 7A was the receptor antagonist HOE- 140. Addition of both HOE- 140 and bradykinin or HOE- 140 alone did not lead to PGE2 synthesis.
Further, as shown in Figure 7B, the expressed modified antibodies were assayed for their ability to bind and stimulate the bradykinin receptor. Medium from COS cells transfected with an antibody expression vector pNEPuDGV 1 encoding either hABBKCDR3, hABBKCDR4, hABBKCDR5, or consensus was used to stimulate bradykinin receptors on SV-T2 cells. The synthetic antibodies having the variable chain regions BKCDR3 and BKCDR5 stimulated PGE2 synthesis in a dose dependent manner. BKCDR4, ConVH media alone, HOE-140 did not stimulate PGE2 synthesis (Figures 7B). The lack of PGE2 synthesis by cells exposed to BKCDR4 was likely attributed to the fact that the CDR4 consensus sequence was too short to accommodate the entire bradykinin binding sequence. Table 6 shows the comparison of consensus CDR amino acid sequences and BKCDR sequences. The synthetic modified antibodies BKCDR3 and BKCDR5 were demonstrated to complete for receptor binding against the native ligand bradykinin. As shown in Figure 7C addition of bradykinin stimulated PGE2 synthesis four fold (second bar from left). Addition of either BKCDR3 or BKCDR 5 to cells prestimulated with native bradykinin inhibited the bradykinin-stimulated PGE2 synthesis.
Table 8
Consensus CDR3 : Gin Gin Tyr Asn Ser Leu Pro Tφ Thr BKCDR3 : Arg Pro Pro Gly Phe Ser Pro Phe Arg Consensus CDR4: Ser Tyr Ala He Ser Tφ Asn BKCDR4: Pro Gly Phe Ser Pro Phe Arg
Consensus CDR5: Tφ He Asn Gly Asn Gly Asp Thr Asn Tyr Ala Gin Lys Phe Gin Gly BKCDR5 : Tφ He Asn Gly Arg Pro Pro Gly Phe Ser Pro Phe Arg Phe Gin Gly
Taken together, these results indicate that the modified antibodies containing the bradykinin binding site were able to bind the bradykinin receptor.
The present invention is not to be limited in scope by the specific embodiments described herein. Indeed, various modifications of the invention in addition to those described herein will become apparent to those skilled in the art from the foregoing description and accompanying figures. Such modifications are intended to fall within the scope of the appended claims.
Various references are cited herein, the disclosures of which are incoφorated by reference in their entireties.

Claims

WHAT IS CLAIMED IS;
1. A modified immunoglobulin that immunospecifically binds a first member of a binding pair, which binding pair consists of said first member and a second member, said immunoglobulin comprising a variable domain having at least one CDR containing a portion of said second member, said portion containing a binding site for said first member and not being found naturally in the CDR, said first member being a cancer antigen.
2. The modified immunoglobulin of claim 1 which is an antibody.
3. The modified immunoglobulin of claim 1 in which the first member is a tumor antigen.
4. The modified immunoglobulin of claim 3 in which said tumor antigen is polymoφhic epithelial mucin antigen.
5. The modified immunoglobulin of claim 3 in which said tumor antigen is human colon carcinoma-associated protein antigen.
6. The modified immunoglobulin of claim 5, in which said portion has an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of Thr-Ala-Lys-Ala-Ser-Gln-Ser-Val-Ser- Asn-Asp-Val-Ala, Ile-Tyr-Tyr-Ala-Ser-Asn-Arg-Tyr-Thr, Phe-Ala-Gln-Gln-Asp-Tyr-Ser- Ser-Pro-Leu-Thr, Phe-Thr-Asn-Tyr-Gly-Met-Asn, Ala-Gly-Trp-Ile-Asn-Thr-Tyr-Thr-GIy- Glu-Pro-Thr-Tyr-Ala-Asp-Asp-Phe-Lys-Gly, and Ala-Arg-Ala-Tyr-Tyr-Gly-Lys-Tyr-Phe- Asp-Tyr.
7. The modified immunoglobulin of claim 3 in which said tumor antigen is a human colon carcinoma-associated carbohydrate antigen.
8. The modified immunoglobulin of claim 3 in which said tumor antigen is a human milk fat globule antigen.
9. The modified immunoglobulin of claim 8, in which said portion has the amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of Ala-Tyr-Tφ-Ile-Glu. Glu-Ile- Leu-Pro-Gly-Ser-Asn-Asn-Ser-Arg-Tyr-Asn-Glu-Lys-Phe-Lys-Gly, Ser-Glu-Asp-Ser-Ala- Val-Tyr-Tyr-Cys-Ser-Arg-Ser-Tyr-Asp-Phe-Ala-Tφ-Phe-Ala-Tyr, Lys-Ser-Ser-Gln-Ser- Leu-Leu-Tyr-Ser-Ser-Asn-Gln-Lys-Ile-Tyr-Leu-Ala, Tφ-Ala-Ser-Thr-Arg-Glu-Ser, and Gln-Gln-Tyr-Tyr-Arg-Tyr-Pro-Arg-Thr.
10. The modified immunoglobulin of claim 8, which further comprises a second CDR containing a portion of the second member having the amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of: Ala-Tyr-Tφ-Ile-Glu, Glu-Ile-Leu-Pro-Gly-Ser-Asn-Asn-Ser-
Arg-Tyr-Asn-Glu-Lys-Phe-Lys-Gly, Ser-Glu-Asp-Ser-Ala-Val-Tyr-Tyr-Cys-Ser-Arg-Ser-
Tyr-Asp-Phe-Ala-Tφ-Phe-Ala-Tyr, Lys-Ser-Ser-Gln-Ser-Leu-Leu-Tyr-Ser-Ser-Asn-Gln-
Lys-Ile-Tyr-Leu-Ala, Tφ-Ala-Ser-Thr-Arg-Glu-Ser. and Gln-Gln-Tyr-Tyr-Arg-Tyr-Pro-
Arg-Thr.
11. The modified immunoglobulin of claim 3 in which said tumor antigen is an antigen for a tumor of the breast, ovary, uterus, prostate, bladder, lung, skin, pancreas, colon, gastrointestinal, B lymphocyte or T lymphocyte.
12. The modified immunoglobulin of claim 1 in which said cancer antigen is selected from the group consisting of KS 1/4 pan-carcinoma antigen, ovarian carcinoma antigen, prostatic acid phosphate, prostate specific antigen, melanoma-associated antigen p97, melanoma antigen gρ75, high molecular weight melanoma antigen, prostate specific membrane antigen, carcinoembryonic antigen, polymoφhic epithelial mucin antigen, human milk fat globule antigen, colorectal tumor-associated antigen TAG-72, CO 17-1 A, GICA 19- 9, CTA-1, LEA, Burkitt's lymphoma antigen-38.13, CD 19, human B-lymphoma antigen- CD20, CD33, ganglioside GD2, ganglioside GD3, ganglioside GM2, ganglioside GM3, tumor-specific transplantation type of cell-surface antigen, oncofetal antigen-alpha- fetoprotein L6, human lung carcinoma antigen L20, human leukemia T cell antigen-Gp37, neoglycoprotein, sphingolipids, EGFR, HER2 antigen, polymoφhic epithelial mucin, malignant human lymphocyte antigen-APO-1, 1 antigen M18, M39, SSEA-1, VEP8, VEP9, Myl, VIM-D5, D,56-22, TRA-1-85, C14, F3, AH6, Y hapten, Ley, TL5, FC10.2, gastric adenocarcinoma antigen, CO-514, NS-10, CO-43, MH2, 19.9 found in colon cancer, gastric cancer mucins, T5A7, R24, 4.2, GD3, Dl .l, OFA-1, GM2, OFA-2, GD2, Ml :22:25:8, SSEA-3, SSEA-4, and a Tcell receptor derived peptide.
13. A modified immunoglobulin that immunospecifically binds a first member of a binding pair, which binding pair consists of said first member and a second member, said immunoglobulin comprising a variable domain having at least one CDR containing a portion of said second member, said portion containing a binding site for said first member and not being found naturally in the CDR, said first member being an antigen of an infectious disease agent.
14. The modified immunoglobulin of claim 13 which is an antibody.
15. The modified immunoglobulin of claim 13 in which said infectious disease agent is a bacterium.
16. The modified immunoglobulin of claim 13 in which said infectious disease agent is a virus.
17. The modified immunoglobulin of claim 13 in which said infectious disease agent is a parasite.
18. The modified immunoglobulin of claim 13 in which the antigen for the infectious disease agent is selected from the group consisting of a Brambell receptor, an antigen of HSV-2, an antigen of a gonnococcus, an antigen of Treponema pallidum, an antigen of Chlamydia trachomatis, or an antigen of human papillomavirus.
19. T e modified immunoglobulin of claim 1 in which the antigen for the infectious disease agent is selected from group consisting of influenza virus hemagglutinin, human respiratory syncytial virus G glycoprotein, core protein of Dengue virus, matrix protein of Dengue virus, measles virus hemagglutinin, heφes simplex virus type 2 glycoprotein gB, poliovirus I VP1, envelope glycoproteins of HIV I, hepatitis B surface antigen, diptheria toxin, streptococcus 24M epitope, gonococcal pilin, pseudorabies virus g50, pseudorabies virus glycoprotein H, pseudorabies virus glycoprotein E, transmissible gastroenteritis glycoprotein 195, transmissible gastroenteritis matrix protein, swine rotavirus glycoprotein 38, swine parvovirus capsid protein, Serpulina hydodysenteriae protective antigen, bovine viral diarrhea glycoprotein 55, Newcastle disease virus hemagglutinin- neuraminidase, swine flu hemagglutinin, swine flu neuraminidase, infectious bovine rhinotracheitis virus glycoprotein E, infectious laryngotracheitis virus glycoprotein G or glycoprotein I, a glycoprotein of La Crosse virus, neonatal calf diarrhea virus, hepatitis B virus core protein, hepatitis B virus surface antigen, equine influenza virus type A/Alaska 91 neuraminidase, equine influenza virus type A/Miami 63 neuraminidase, equine influenza virus type A/Kentucky 81 neuraminidase, equine heφesvirus type 1 glycoprotein B, equine heφesvirus type 1 glycoprotein D, bovine respiratory syncytial virus attachment protein, bovine respiratory syncytial virus fusion protein, bovine respiratory syncytial virus nucleocapsid protein, bovine parainfluenza virus type 3 fusion protein, bovine parainfluenza virus type 3 hemagglutinin neuraminidase, bovine viral diarrhea virus glycoprotein 48, and bovine diarrhea virus glycoprotein 53.
20. The modified immunoglobulin of claim 15 in which the infectious disease agent is selected from a group consisting of mycobacteria rickettsia, mycoplasma, Neisseria spp., Shigella spp. legionella, Vibrio cholerae, Streptococci, corynebacteria diphtheriae, clυstridium tetani, bordetella pertussis, Haemophilus spp., Chlamydia spp., and Escherichia coli.
21. The modified immunoglobulin of claim 16 in which the infectious disease agent is selected from a group consisting of hepatitis type A, hepatitis type B, hepatitis type C, influenza, varicella, adenovirus, heφes simplex type I, heφes simplex type II, rindeφest, rhinovirus, echovirus. rotavirus, respiratory syncytial virus, papilloma virus, papova virus, cytomegalovirus, echino virus, arbovirus. hantavirus, coxsachie virus, mumps virus, measles virus, rubella virus, polio virus, human immunodeficiency virus type I, human immunodeficiency virus type II, picornaviruses, etiteiOviruses, caliciviridae, Norwalk group of viruses, togaviruses, alphaviruses, flaviviruses, coronaviruses, rabies virus, Marburg viruses, ebola viruses, parainfluenza virus, orthomyxoviruses, bunyaviruses, arenaviruses, reoviruses, rotaviruses, orbiviruses, human T cell leukemia virus type I, human T cell leukemia virus type II, simian immunodeficiency virus, lentiviruses, polyomaviruses, parvoviruses, Epstein-Barr virus, human heφesvirus-6, cercopithecine heφes virus 1, and poxviruses.
22. The modified immunoglobulin of claim 17 in which the infectious disease agent is selected from a group consisting of plasmodia, eimeria, leishmania, kokzidioa, and trypanosoma, and fungi.
23. A modified immunoglobulin that immunospecifically binds a first member of a binding pair, which binding pair consists of said first member and a second member, said immunoglobulin comprising a variable domain having at least one CDR containing a portion of said second member, said portion containing a binding site for said first member, which binding site does not have the sequence Asn-Ala-Asn-Pro or Asn-Val-Asp-Pro and is not found naturally in the CDR, said first member being a cellular receptor for an infectious disease agent.
24. The modified immunoglobulin of claim 23 which is an antibody.
25. The modified immunoglobulin of claim 23 in which said infectious disease agent is a bacterium.
26. The modified immunoglobulin of claim 23 in which said infectious disease agent is a virus.
27. The modified immunoglobulin of claim 23 in which said infectious disease agent is a parasite.
28. The modified immunoglobulin of claim 23 in which the cellular receptor is selected from a group consisting of LPV receptor, adenylate cyclase, BDV surface glycoproteins, N-acetyl-9-O-acetylneuraminic acid receptor, CD4\ highly sulphated type heparin sulphate, p65, Gal alpha 1 -4-Gal -containing isoreceptors. CD 16b, integrin VLA-2 receptor, EV receptor, CD 14, glycoconjugate receptors, alpha/beta T-cell receptor, decay- accelerating factor receptor, extracellular envelope glycoprotein receptor, immunoglobulin Fc receptor poxvirus M-T7, GALV receptor, CD 14 receptor, Lewis(b) blood group antigen receptor, T-cell receptor, heparin sulphate glycoaminoglycans receptor, fibroblast growth factor receptor, CDl la, CD2, G-protein coupled receptor, CD4, heparin sulphate proteoglycan, annexin II, CD 13 (aminopeptidase N), human aminopeptidase N receptor, hemagglutinin receptor, CR3 receptor, protein kinase receptor, galactose N- acetylgalactosamine-inhibitable lectin receptor, chemokine receptor, annexin I, actA protein, CD46 receptor, meningococcal virulence associated opa receptors, CD46 receptor, carcinoembryonic antigen family receptors, carcinoembryonic antigen family Bgla receptor, gamma interferon receptor, glycoprotein gp70, rmc-1 receptor, human integrin receptor alpha v beta 3, heparin sulphate proteoglycan receptor, CD66 receptor, integrin receptor, membrane cofactor protein, CD46, GMl, GM2, GM3, CD3, ceramide, hemagglutinin- neuraminidase protein, erythrocyte P antigen receptor, CD36 receptor, glycophorin A receptor, interferon gamma receptor, KDEL receptor, mucosal homing alpha4beta7 receptor, epidermal growth factor receptor, alpha5betal integrin protein, non-glycosylated J774 receptor, CXCR1-4 receptor, CCR1-5 receptor, CXCR3 receptor, CCR5 receptor, gp46 surface glycoprotein, TNFR p55 receptor, TNFp75 receptor, soluble interleukin- 1 beta receptor.
29. A modified immunoglobulin that immunospecifically binds a first member of a ligand-receptor binding pair, which binding pair consists of said first member and a second member, said immunoglobulin comprising a variable domain having at least one CDR containing a portion of said second member, said portion containing a binding site for said first member and not being found naturally in the CDR.
30. The modified immunoglobulin of claim 29 which is an antibody.
1. The modified immunoglobulin of claim 29 in which said first member is a receptor.
.
32. The modified immunoglobulin of claim 29 in which said first member is a ligand.
33. The modified immunoglobulin of claim 29 in which said first member is a receptor agonist.
34. The modified immunoglobulin of claim 29 in which said first member is a receptor antagonist.
35. The modified immunoglobulin of claim 29 in which said first member is a bradykinin receptor.
36. The modified immunoglobulin of claim 35, wherein said portion consists of the amino acid sequence Arg-Pro-Pro-Gly-Phe-Gly-Phe-Ser-Pro-Phe-Arg.
37. The modified immunoglobulin of claim 31 in which said receptor is selected 5 from a group consisting of an opioid receptor, a glucose transporter, a glutamate receptor, an oφhanin receptor, erythropoietin receptor, insulin receptor, tyrosine kinase receptor, KIT stem cell factor receptor, nerve growth factor receptor, insulin-like growth factor receptor, granulocyte-colony stimulating factor receptor, somatotropin receptor, glial-derived neurotrophic factor receptor, gp39 receptor, G-protein receptor class and B2-adrenergic 0 receptor
38. The modified immunoglobulin of claim 30 in which said ligand is selected from a group consisting of cholecystokinin, galanin. IL-1, 1L--2, IL-4, IL-5, IL-6, IL-1 1, a chemokine, leptin, a protease, neuropeptide Y, neurokinin- 1 , neurokinin-2, neurokinin-3, -5 bombesin, gastrin, corticotropin releasing hormone, endothelin, melatonin. somatostatin, vasoactive intestinal peptide, epidermal growth factor, tumor necrosis factor, dopamine, and endothelin.
39. The modified immunoglobulin of claim 2, 14, 24. or 30. in which said 0 antibody is of a type selected from the group consisting of IgG, IgE, IgM, IgD and IgA;
40. A fragment of the modified immunoglobulin of claim 2, 14. 24, or 30. in which said fragment can immunospecifically bind said first member.
° 41. The fragment of claim 40, in which said fragment is selected from the group consisting of a Fab, a (Fab')2, a heavy chain dimer, a light chain dimer, and a Fv fragment.
42. The modified immunoglobulin of claim 2, 14, 24, or 30, in which said portion is an insertion within said CDR. 30
43. The modified immunoglobulin of claim 2, 14, 24, or 30, in which said portion replaces one or more amino acids of the CDR.
44. The modified immunoglobulin of claim 2, 14, 24, or 30, in which said CDR containing said portion is a germline CDR.
45. The modified immunoglobulin of claim 2, 14, 24, or 30, in which said CDR containing said portion is a non-germline CDR.
46. The modified immunoglobulin of claim 2, 14, 24 or 30, in which said portion 5 is at least 4 amino acids.
47. The modified immunoglobulin of claim 2, 14, 24, or 30, in which said portion is in the range of 10-20 amino acids.
I" 48. The modified immunoglobulin of claim 2, 14, 24, or 30, in which said CDR containing said portion contains no more than 25 amino acids.
49. The modified immunoglobulin of claim 2, 14, 24, or 30, in which said CDR containing said portion is the first CDR of the heavy chain variable region. 15
50. The modified immunoglobulin of claim 2, 14, 24, or 30, in which said CDR containing said portion is the second CDR of the heavy chain variable region.
51. The modified immunoglobulin of claim 2, 14, 24, or 30, in which said CDR containing said portion is the third CDR of the heavy chain variable region.
52. The modified immunoglobulin of claim 2, 14, 24 or 30, in which said CDR containing said portion is the first CDR of the light chain variable region.
5 53. The modified immunoglobulin of claim 2, 14, 24, or 30, in which said CDR containing said portion is the second CDR of the light chain variable region.
54. The modified immunoglobulin of claim 2, 14, 24, or 30, in which said CDR containing said portion is the third CDR of the light chain variable region. 30
55. The modified immunoglobulin of claim 2, 14, 24, or 30, in which more than one CDR contains a portion of said binding site.
56. The modified immunoglobulin of claim 2, 14, 24, or 30 in which a second CDR contains a second binding site for a molecule other than said first member.
57. The modified immunoglobulin of claim 56 in which said molecule other than said list member is a molecule on the surface of an immune cell.
58. The modified immunoglobulin of claim 57 in which said immune cell is a T -> cell, B cell, NK cell, K cell, TIL cell or neutrophil.
59. The modified immunoglobulin of claim 2, 14, 24, or 30 which has a higher specificity for said first member than a naturally occurring antibody that immunospecifically binds said first member. 10
60. The modified immunoglobulin of claim 2, 14, 24, or 30 which has a higher affinity for said first member than a naturally occurring antibody that immunospecifically binds said first member.
15 61. The modified immunoglobulin of claim 2, 14, 24, or 30 which exhibits a binding constant for said first member of at least 2xl07M.
62. The modified immunoglobulin of claim 2, 14, 24, or 30, wherein said antibody possesses an affinity constant for said first member of at least 2x107M. 20
63. The modified immunoglobulin of claim 1, 13, 23,or 29 in which one or more cysteine residues in the variable region of said immunoglobulin that form a disulfide bond are substituted with one or more amino acid residues that do not have a sulfhydryl group.
2 64. The modified immunoglobulin of claim 63 in which at least one of said one or more cysteine residues is at position 23 or 88 of the light chain variable region.
65. The modified immunoglobulin of claim 63 in which at least one of said one or more cysteine residues is at position 23 or 92 of the heavy chain variable region.
30
66. The modified immunoglobulin of claim 63 which at least one of said amino acid residues that do not have a sulfhydryl group is an alanine.
35
67. A molecule comprising a variable domain that immunospecifically binds a first member of a binding pair, which binding pair consists of said first member and a second member, said variable domain having at least one CDR containing a portion of said second member, said portion containing a binding site for said first member and not being found naturally in the CDR, said first member being a cancer antigen.
68. A molecule comprising a variable domain that immunospecifically binds a first member of a binding pair, which binding pair consists of said first member and a second member, said variable domain having at least one CDR containing a portion of said second member and not being found naturally in the CDR, said portion containing a binding site for said first member, said first member being an antigen of an infectious disease agent.
69. A molecule comprising a variable domain that immunospecifically binds a first member of a binding pair, which binding pair consists of said first member and a second member, said variable domain having at least one CDR containing a portion of said second member,
. said portion containing a binding site for said first member which binding site does not have the sequence Asn-Ala-Asn-Pro or Asn-Val- Asp-Pro and is not found naturally in the CDR, said first member being a cellular receptor for an infectious disease agenL
70. A molecule comprising a variable domain that immunospecifically binds a first member of a ligand-receptor binding pair, which binding pair consists of said first member and a second member, said variable domain having at least one CDR containing a portion of said second member, said portion containing a binding site for said first member and not being found naturally in the CDR.
71. The molecule of claim 67, 68, 69, or 70, in which said molecule is a single chain antibody.
72. The molecule of claim 67, 68, 69, or 70, which further comprises a constant domain.
73. The molecule of claim 72 in which the variable domain is from a mouse antibody, except for the CDR containing said portion, and the constant domain is from a human antibody.
74. The molecule of claim 72 in which the variable domain has framework regions from a human antibody and CDRs from a mouse antibody, except for the CDR containing said portion, and in which the constant domain is from a human antibody.
75. The molecule of claim 74 in which said variable domain has at least one of framework region having at least one amino acid change with respect to the naturally occurring framework region.
76. The molecule of claim 67, 68, 69, or 70, which is fused via a covalent bond to an immunostimulatory or growth enhancing factor or a functional fragment thereof.
77. The molecule of claim 76 where the immunostimulatory factor is chosen from the group consisting of interleukin-2, interleukin-4, interleukin-5, interleukin-6, interleukin-7, interleukin- 10, interleukin- 12, interleukin- 15, G-colony stimulating factor, tumor necrosis factor, porin, interferon-gamma, and NK cell antigen.
78. An isolated nucleic acid comprising a nucleotide sequence encoding the modified immunoglobulin of claim 1, 13, 23, or 29.
79. An isolated nucleic acid comprising a nucleotide sequence encoding the molecule of claim 67, 68, 69, or 70.
80. The isolated nucleic acid of claim 78 in which said nucleic acid is a vector.
81. The isolated nucleic acid of claim 79 in which said nucleic acid is a vector.
82. A cell containing the nucleic acid of claim 78, which nucleic acid is recombinant.
83. A cell containing the nucleic acid of claim 79, which nucleic acid is recombinant.
84. A recombinant non-human animal containing the nucleic acid of claim 78.
85. A recombinant non-human animal containing the nucleic acid of claim 79.
86. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount of the modified immunoglobulin of claim 1, 13, 23 or 29; and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
87. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount of the molecule of claim 67, 68, 69 or 70; and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
88. A pharmaceutical composition comprising of a therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount of the nucleic acid of claim 78; and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
89. A pharmaceutical composition comprising of a therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount of the nucleic acid of claim 79; and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
90. A pharmaceutical composition comprising of a therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount of the recombinant cell of claim 82; and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
91. A pharmaceutical composition comprising of a therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount of the recombinant cell of claim 83; and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
92. A vaccine composition comprising an amount of the modified immunoglobulin of claim 1, 13, 23, or 29 sufficient to induce an immune response; and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
93. A vaccine composition comprising an amount of the molecule of claim 67,
68, 69, or 70 sufficient to induce an immune response; and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
94. A vaccine composition comprising an amount of the modified immunoglobulin of claim 63 sufficient to induce an anti-idiotype response; and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
95. A method for identifying or measuring or detecting a cancer antigen in a sample to be tested, which cancer antigen is a first member of a binding pair consisting of said first member and a second member, said method comprising the steps of:
(a) contacting the sample to be tested with a modified immunoglobulin that can immunospecifically bind to said cancer antigen, said modified immunoglobulin comprising a variable domain having at least one CDR containing a portion of said second member, which portion contains a binding site for said cancer antigen and is not found naturally in the CDR, under conditions such that immunospecific binding of said modified immunoglobulin to any of said cancer antigen in the sample can occur; and
(b) detecting any binding of said modified immunoglobulin to said cancer antigen that occurs; wherein detection of binding of said modified immunoglobulin to said cancer antigen indicates the presence of said cancer antigen in said sample.
96. A method for identifying or measuring or detecting an antigen of an infectious disease agent in a sample to be tested, which antigen is a first member of a binding pair consisting of said first member and a second member, said method comprising the steps of:
(a) contacting the sample to be tested with a modified immunoglobulin that can immunospecifically bind to said antigen, said modified immunoglobulin comprising a variable domain having at least one CDR containing a portion of said second member, which portion contains a binding site for said antigen and is not found naturally in the CDR, under conditions such that immunospecific binding of said modified immunoglobulin to any of said antigen in the sample can occur; and
(b) detecting any binding of said modified immunoglobulin to said antigen that occurs; wherein detection of binding of said modified immunoglobulin to said antigen indicates the presence of said antigen in said sample.
97. A method for identifying or measuring or detecting a ligand in a sample to be tested, which ligand is a first member of a binding pair consisting of said first member and a " second member, said method comprising the steps of:
(a) contacting the sample to be tested with a modified immunoglobulin that can inmmunospecifically bind to said ligand, said modified immunoglobulin comprising a variable domain having at least one CDR containing a portion of said second member, which portion contains a binding site for said ligand and is not 5 found naturally in the CDR, under conditions such that immunospecific binding of said modified immunoglobulin to any of said ligand in the sample can occur; and
(a) detecting any binding of said modified immunoglobulin to said ligand that occurs; wherein detection of binding of said modified immunoglobulin to said ligand indicates the presence of said ligand in said sample.
98. A method for identifying or measuring or detecting a receptor in a sample to be tested, which receptor is a first member of a binding pair consisting of said first member and a second member, said method comprising the steps of: (a) contacting the sample to be tested with a modified immunoglobulin that can immunospecifically bind to said receptor, said modified immunoglobulin comprising a variable domain having at least one CDR containing a portion of said second member, which portion contains a binding site for said receptor and is not found naturally in the CDR, under conditions such that immunospecific binding of said modified immunoglobulin to any of said receptor in the sample can occur; and
(a) detecting any binding of said modified immunoglobulin to said receptor that occurs; wherein detection of binding of said modified immunoglobulin to said receptor indicates the presence of said receptor in said sample. 5
99. A kit for the detection of a cancer antigen, which cancer antigen is a first member of a binding pair consisting of said first member and a second member, said kit comprising in a container:
(a) a modified immunoglobulin which can immunospecifically bind said cancer antigen, said immunoglobulin comprising a variable domain having at least one CDR containing a portion of said second member, said portion containing a binding site for said cancer antigen and not being found naturally in the CDR; and
(b) a means to detect binding of said cancer antigen to said immunoglobulin .
100. A kit for the detection of an antigen of an infectious disease agent, which antigen is a first member of a binding pair consisting of said first member and a second member, said kit comprising in a container:
(a) a modified immunoglobulin which can immunospecifically bind said antigen, said immunoglobulin comprising a variable domain having at least one CDR containing a portion of said second member, said portion containing a binding site for said antigen and not being found naturally in the CDR; and
(b) a means to detect binding of said antigen to said immunoglobulin.
101. A kit for the detection of a cellular receptor for an infectious disease agent, which cellular receptor is a first member of a binding pair consisting of said first member and a second member, said kit comprising in a container:
(a) a modified immunoglobulin which can immunospecifically bind said cellular receptor, said immunoglobulin comprising a variable domain having at least one CDR containing a portion of said second member, said portion containing a binding site for said cellular receptor, which binding site does not have the sequence
Asn-Ala-Asn-Pro or Asn-Val-Asp-Pro and is not found naturally in the CDR; and
(b) a means to detect binding of said cellular receptor to said immunoglobulin.
102. A kit for the detection of an ligand, which is a first member of a binding pair consisting of said first member and a second member, said kit comprising in a container: (a) a modified immunoglobulin which can immunospecifically bind said ligand, said immunoglobulin comprising a variable domain having at least one CDR containing a portion of said second member, said portion containing a binding site for said ligand and not being found naturally in the CDR; and (b) a means to detect binding of said ligand to said immunoglobulin.
103. A kit for the detection of a receptor, which is a first member of a binding pair consisting of said first member and a second member, said kit comprising in a container:
(a) a modified immunoglobulin which can immunospecifically bind said receptor, said immunoglobulin comprising a variable domain having at least one CDR containing a portion of said second member, said portion containing a binding site for said receptor and not being found naturally in the CDR; and
(b) a means to detect binding of said receptor to said immunoglobulin.
104. A method of diagnosing or screening for the presence of or a predisposition for developing a cancer characterized by the increased presence of a cancer antigen, which is a first member of a binding pair consisting of said first member and a second member, said method comprising measuring in a subject the level of immunospecific binding of a modified immunoglobulin to a sample derived from the subject, in which said modified immunoglobulin immunospecifically binds said cancer antigen and in which said modified immunoglobulin comprises a variable domain having at least one CDR containing a portion of said second member, said portion containing a binding site for said cancer antigen and not being found naturally in the CDR, in which an increase in the level of said immunospecific binding, relative to the level of said immunospecific binding in an analogous sample from a subject not having the cancer or a predisposition for developing the cancer, indicates the presence of the cancer or a predisposition for developing the cancer.
105. A method of diagnosing or screening for the presence of an infectious disease agent, characterized by the presence of an antigen of said infectious disease agent, which antigen is a first member of a binding pair consisting of said first member and a second member, said method comprising measuring in a subject the level of immunospecific binding of a modified immunoglobulin to a sample derived from the subject, in which said modified immunoglobulin immunospecifically binds said antigen and in which said modified immunoglobulin comprises a variable domain having at least one CDR containing a portion of said second member, said portion containing a binding site for said antigen and not being found naturally in the CDR, in which an increase in the level of said immunospecific binding, relative to the level of said immunospecific binding in an analogous sample from a subject not having the infectious disease agent, indicates the presence of said infectious disease agent.
106. A method of treating or preventing, in a subject in need of such treatment or prevention, a cancer characterized by the presence of a cancer antigen, which cancer antigen is a first member of a binding pair consisting of said first member and a second member and which cancer antigen is immunospecifically bound by a modified immunoglobulin, said immunoglobulin comprising a variable domain having at least one CDR containing a portion of said second member, said portion containing a binding site for said cancer antigen and not 1 . being found naturally in the CDR, such method comprising adminiscering to the subject a therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount of said modified immunoglobulin.
107. A method of treating or preventing, in a subject in need of such treatment or prevention, an infectious disease characterized by the presence υf an antigen of an infectious
1 disease agent, which antigen is a first member of a binding pair consisting of said first member and a second member and which antigen is immunospecifically bound by a modified immunoglobulin, said immunoglobulin comprising a variable domain having at least one CDR containing a portion of said second member, said portion containing a binding site for said antigen and not being found naturally :n the CDR , comprising
-0 administering to the subject a therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount of said " modified immunoglobulin.
108. A method of treating or preventing, in a subject in need of such treatment or prevention, a disease caused by an infectious disease agent that binds to a cellular receptor, 5 which cellular receptor is a first member of a binding pair consisting of said first member and a second member and which cellular receptor is immunospecifically bound by a modified immunoglobulin, said immunoglobulin comprising a variable domain having at least one CDR containing a portion of said second member, said portion containing a binding site for said cellular receptor, which binding site does not have the sequence Asn- 0 Ala-Asn-Pro or Asn-Val-Asp-Pro and is not found naturally in the CDR, said method comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount of said modified immunoglobulin.
35
109. A method for modulating the activity of a first member of a binding pair, which binding pair consists of a first and a second member, said method comprising administering the modified immunoglobulin of claim 1, 13, 23 or 29.
5 110. A method of producing a modified immunoglobulin that immunospecifically binds a cancer antigen, which cancer antigen is a first member of a binding pair consisting of said first member and a second member, said modified immunoglobulin comprising a variable domain having at least one CDR containing a portion of said second member, said portion containing a binding site for said cancer antigen and not being found naturally in the
• . CDR,' said method comprising growing a recombinant cell containing a nucleic acid comprising a nucleotide sequence encoding the modified immunoglobulin such that the encoded modified immunoglobulin is expressed by the cell, and recovering the expressed modified immunoglobulin.
1 D 11 1. A method of producing a modified immunoglobulin that immunospecifically binds an antigen of an infectious disease agent, which antigen is a first member of a binding pair consisting of said first member and a second member, said modified immunoglobulin comprising a variable domain having at least one CDR containing a portion of said second member, said portion containing a binding site for said antigen and not being found naturally 0 in the CDR. comprising growing a recombinant eel! containing a nucleic acid comprising a -•■• nucleotide sequence encoding the modified immunoglobulin such that the encoded modified immunoglobulin is expressed by the cell, and recovering the expressed modified immunoglobulin.
Δ
112. A method of producing a modified'imrnunoglobulin that immunospecifically
. . binds a cellular receptor for an infectious disease agent, which cellular receptor is a first member of a binding pair consisting of said fnv.ι member and a second member, said •modified immunoglobulin comprising a variable domain having at least one CDR containing a portion of said second member, said portion containing a binding site for said cellular 30 receptor, which binding site does not have the sequence Asn-Ala-Asn-Pro or Asn- Val- Asp- Pro and is not found naturally in the CDR, comprising growing a recombinant cell containing a nucleic acid comprising a nucleotide sequence encoding the modified immunoglobulin such that the encoded modified immunoglobulin is expressed by the cell, and recovering the expressed modified immunoglobulin. 35
113. A method of producing a modified immunoglobulin that immunospecifically binds a ligand, which ligand is a first member of a binding pair consisting of said first member and a second member, said modified immunoglobulin comprising a variable domain having at least one CDR containing a portion of said second member, said portion containing a binding site for said ligand and not being found naturally in the CDR, said method comprising growing a recombinant cell containing a nucleic acid comprising a nucleotide sequence encoding the modified immunoglobulin such that the encoded modified immunoglobulin is expressed by the cell, and recovering the expressed modified immunoglobulin.
114. A method of producing a modified immunoglobulin that immunospecifically binds a receptor, which receptor is a first member of a binding pair consisting of said first member and a second member, said modified immunoglobulin comprising a variable domain having at least one CDR containing a portion of said second member, said portion containing a binding site for said receptor and not being found naturally in the CDR, said method comprising growing a recombinant cell containing a nucleic acid comprising a nucleotide sequence encoding the modified immunoglobulin such that the encoded modified immunoglobulin is expressed by the cell, and recovering the expressed modified immunoglobulin.
115. A method of producing a nucleic acid encoding the modified immunoglobulin of claim 1, 13, 23 or 29 comprising:
(a) synthesizing a set of oligonucleotides, said set comprising oligonucleotides containing a portion of the nucleotide sequence that encodes the modified immunoglobulin and oligonucleotides containing a portion of the nucleotide acid sequence that is complementary to the nucleotide sequence that encodes the modified immunoglobulin, and each of said oligonucleotides having overlapping terminal sequences with another oligonucleotide of said set, except for those oligonucleotides containing the nucleotide sequences encoding the N-terminal and C-terminal portions of the modified immunoglobulin;
(b) allowing the oligonucleotides to hybridize to each other; and
(c) ligating the hybridized oligonucleotides, such that a nucleic acid containing the nucleotide sequence encoding the modified immunoglobulin is produced.
116. A method of producing a modified immunoglobulin that immunospecifically binds a first member of a binding pair, which binding pair consists of said first member and a second member, said immunoglobulin comprising a variable domain having at least one CDR containing a portion of said second member, said portion containing a binding site for said first member and not being found naturally in the CDR, said first member being a cancer antigen, said method comprising:
(a) growing a recombinant cell containing a nucleic acid produced by the method of claim 1 15 such that the encoded modified immunoglobulin is expressed by the cell: and b) recovering the expressed modified immunoglobulin.
1 17. A method of producing a modified immunoglobulin that immunospecifically binds a first member of a binding pair, which binding pair consists of said first member and a second member, said antibody comprising a variable domain having at least one CDR ■, containing a portion of said second member, said portion containing a binding site for said .first member and not being found naturally in the CDR, said first member being an antigen of an infectious disease agent, said method comprising:
(a) growing a recombinant cell containing a nucleic acid produced by the method of claim 115 such that the encoded modified immunoglobulin is expressed 0 by the cell: and
(b) recovering the expressed modified immunoglobulin.
118. A method of producing a modified immunoglobulin that immunospecifically .binds a first member of a binding pair, -which bindingpair consists of said first member and 5 a second member, said antibody comprising a variable-domain having at least one CDR containing a portion of said second member, said portion containing a binding site for said . first member, which binding site does not have the sequence Asn-Ala-Asn-Pro or Asn-Val- ■ - Asp-Pro and is not found naturally in the CDR, said first member being a cellular receptor for an infectious disease agent, said method comprising: 0 (a) growing a recombinant cell containing a nucleic acid produced by the method of claim 115 such that the encoded modified immunoglobulin is expressed by the cell; and
(b) recovering the expressed modified immunoglobulin.
5
119. A method of producing a modified immunoglobulin that immunospecifically binds a first member of a binding pair, which binding pair consists of said first member and a second member, said antibody comprising a variable domain having at least one CDR containing a portion of said second member, said portion containing a binding site for said first member and not being found naturally in the CDR, said first member being a ligand, said method comprising:
(a) growing a recombinant cell containing a nucleic acid produced by the method of claim 115 such that the encoded modified immunoglobulin is expressed by the cell; and (b) recovering the expressed modified immunoglobulin.
120. A method of producing a modified immunoglobulin that immunospecifically binds a first member of a binding pair, which binding pair consists of said first member and a second member, said antibody comprising a variable domain having at least one CDR containing a portion of said second member, said portion containing a binding site for said first member and not being found naturally in the CDR, said first member being a receptor, said method comprising:
(a) growing a recombinant cell containing a nucleic acid produced by the method of claim 115 such that the encoded modified immunoglobulin is expressed by the cell; and
(b) recovering the expressed modified immunoglobulin.
121. An isolated nucleic acid produced by the method of claim 115.
122. The isolated nucleic acid of claim 121 which is a vector.
PCT/US1998/024302 1997-11-14 1998-11-13 Immunoglobulin molecules having a synthetic variable region and modified specificity WO1999025378A1 (en)

Priority Applications (8)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2000520811A JP2001526021A (en) 1997-11-14 1998-11-13 Immunoglobulin molecules with synthetic variable regions and altered specificity
EP98958583A EP1032420A4 (en) 1997-11-14 1998-11-13 Immunoglobulin molecules having a synthetic variable region and modified specificity
BR9815289-0A BR9815289A (en) 1997-11-14 1998-11-13 Modified immunoglobulin, molecule, isolated nucleic acid, cell containing the same, recombinant non-human animal, pharmaceutical composition, vaccine composition, processes for identifying or measuring or detecting a cancer antigen, an antigen from an infectious disease agent, a ligand, and a receptor in a sample. to be tested, kits for detecting a cancer antigen, an infectious disease agent antigen, a cell receptor for an infectious disease agent, a ligand, and a cancer antigen, diagnostic processes or testing for the presence of or a predisposition for the development of a cancer by the increased presence of a cancer antigen, and for the presence of an infectious disease, treatment or prevention of a cancer by the presence of a cancer antigen, of an infectious disease typified by the presence of an antigen infectious disease agent, and a disease caused by an infectious disease agent that binds to a cell receptor, processes for modulating activity of a first member of a binding pair, process for producing a modified immunoglobulin, process for producing a modified immunoglobulin nucleic acid, and, isolated nucleic acid
KR1020007005264A KR20010015818A (en) 1997-11-14 1998-11-13 Immunoglobulin molecules having a synthetic variable region and modified specificity
CA002310269A CA2310269A1 (en) 1997-11-14 1998-11-13 Immunoglobulin molecules having a synthetic variable region and modified specificity
IL13611498A IL136114A0 (en) 1997-11-14 1998-11-13 Immunoglobulin molecules having a synthetic variable region and modified specificity
AU14597/99A AU763029B2 (en) 1997-11-14 1998-11-13 Immunoglobulin molecules having a synthetic variable region and modified specificity
AU2003252902A AU2003252902A1 (en) 1997-11-14 2003-10-10 Immunoglobulin molecules having a synthetic variable region and modified specificity

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US6571697P 1997-11-14 1997-11-14
US60/065,716 1997-11-14
US8140398P 1998-04-10 1998-04-10
US60/081,403 1998-04-10

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO1999025378A1 WO1999025378A1 (en) 1999-05-27
WO1999025378A9 true WO1999025378A9 (en) 1999-08-12

Family

ID=26745908

Family Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US1998/024303 WO1999025379A1 (en) 1997-11-14 1998-11-13 Modified antibodies with enhanced ability to elicit an anti-idiotype response
PCT/US1998/024302 WO1999025378A1 (en) 1997-11-14 1998-11-13 Immunoglobulin molecules having a synthetic variable region and modified specificity

Family Applications Before (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US1998/024303 WO1999025379A1 (en) 1997-11-14 1998-11-13 Modified antibodies with enhanced ability to elicit an anti-idiotype response

Country Status (9)

Country Link
EP (2) EP1032420A4 (en)
JP (2) JP2002507544A (en)
KR (2) KR20010015817A (en)
CN (2) CN1327388A (en)
AU (2) AU763029B2 (en)
BR (2) BR9815580A (en)
CA (2) CA2310269A1 (en)
IL (2) IL136113A0 (en)
WO (2) WO1999025379A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (34)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CA2350917A1 (en) * 1998-11-13 2000-05-25 Euro-Celtique, S.A. Contraceptive antibody vaccines
PT1092779E (en) * 1999-10-11 2010-01-19 Pasteur Institut Lentiviral vectors for the preparation of immunotherapeutical compositions
WO2001088159A2 (en) * 2000-05-16 2001-11-22 Euro-Celtique S.A. Cd28 synthebody for the modulation of immune responses
US7396917B2 (en) 2000-12-05 2008-07-08 Alexion Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Rationally designed antibodies
ATE414720T1 (en) 2000-12-05 2008-12-15 Alexion Pharma Inc RATIONALLY DESIGNED ANTIBODIES
GB0103174D0 (en) * 2001-02-08 2001-03-28 Smithkline Beecham Plc Novel method of treatment
WO2002078613A2 (en) * 2001-04-02 2002-10-10 Purdue Pharma L.P. Immunoglobulin construct containing anti-mucin variable domain sequences for eliciting an anti-idiotype anti-tumor response
AU2002365926A1 (en) * 2001-10-25 2003-09-02 Euro-Celtique S.A. Compositions and methods directed to anthrax toxin
EP1938834B1 (en) * 2002-04-09 2012-04-25 The Curators Of The University Of Missouri Treatment of type 1 diabetes before and after expression of predisposition markers
NZ571508A (en) 2002-05-24 2010-05-28 Schering Corp Neutralizing human anti-IGFR antibody
TWI323265B (en) 2002-08-06 2010-04-11 Glaxo Group Ltd Antibodies
CA2499300A1 (en) 2002-10-31 2004-05-21 Genentech, Inc. Methods and compositions for increasing antibody production
GB0306309D0 (en) 2003-03-19 2003-04-23 Glaxo Group Ltd Method of treatment
WO2005021595A1 (en) * 2003-08-28 2005-03-10 Euro-Celtique S.A. Methods of antibody engineering using antibody display rules
CN1938428A (en) 2003-11-12 2007-03-28 先灵公司 Plasmid system for multigene expression
AR046639A1 (en) 2003-11-21 2005-12-14 Schering Corp ANTI-IGFR1 ANTIBODY THERAPEUTIC COMBINATIONS
CA2558813A1 (en) * 2004-03-09 2005-09-15 Kyoto University Pharmaceutical composition comprising cxcr3 inhibitor
ATE493442T1 (en) 2004-12-03 2011-01-15 Schering Corp BIOLOGICAL MARKERS FOR PRE-SELECTION OF PATIENTS FOR ANTI-IGF1R THERAPY
ZA200901165B (en) * 2006-08-28 2010-06-30 Kyowa Hakko Kirin Co Ltd Antagonistic human light-specific human monoclonal antibodies
GB0706070D0 (en) * 2007-03-28 2007-05-09 Scancell Ltd Nucleic acids
WO2009114585A1 (en) * 2008-03-12 2009-09-17 Imclone Llc Anti-tyrp1 antibodies
EP2799453B1 (en) * 2009-04-29 2019-04-03 The Henry M. Jackson Foundation for the Advancement of Military Medicine, Inc. ERG2 monoclonal antibodies and their therapeutic use
CN102816240B (en) * 2011-03-08 2014-02-12 中国人民解放军第三军医大学第二附属医院 Fusion protein and fusion protein expression vector thereof
EP2714083A4 (en) * 2011-05-27 2015-03-04 Fox Chase Cancer Ct Rationally-designed anti-mullerian inhibiting substance type ii receptor antibodies
JP6121436B2 (en) * 2011-11-23 2017-04-26 バイオベン・3・リミテッドBioven 3 Limited Recombinant proteins and their therapeutic uses
JP5437525B1 (en) 2012-12-28 2014-03-12 株式会社ナード研究所 Tyrosine derivative and method for producing tyrosine derivative
US20160206732A1 (en) * 2013-05-14 2016-07-21 Shanghai Hycharm Inc. Epitope vaccine for low immunogenic protein and preparing method and usage thereof
CN103275914B (en) * 2013-06-03 2015-04-01 中国人民解放军军事医学科学院微生物流行病研究所 Bacterial ghost presenting protective antigens and application thereof
CN105263953B (en) * 2014-01-15 2020-01-07 勃林格殷格翰动物保健美国有限公司 Porcine parvovirus 5A, methods of use, and vaccines
CA2949174A1 (en) * 2014-05-19 2015-11-26 Helsingin Yliopisto Modified adenoviruses for cancer vaccines development
CN105693859B (en) * 2016-03-22 2019-06-21 苏州莱泰生物科技有限公司 Anti-human G2A monoclonal antibody and the kit for detecting human macrophage G2A expression quantity
CN111978382B (en) * 2020-09-03 2022-03-04 吉林大学第一医院 Preparation method and application of recombinant protein of Sporothrix globosum Gp70
CN112646029B (en) * 2020-12-30 2022-07-29 深圳清华大学研究院 Antibody of mature brain-derived neurotrophic factor, application thereof and diagnostic kit
CN115856296B (en) * 2022-12-16 2023-07-25 华北理工大学 Monoclonal antibody for resisting shigella and application thereof in detection

Family Cites Families (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5688657A (en) * 1988-03-31 1997-11-18 International Bio-Immune Systems, Inc. Monoclonal antibodies against human colon carcinoma-associated antigens and uses therefor
ATE130765T1 (en) * 1989-02-24 1995-12-15 Univ California GENETICALLY MODIFIED IMMUNOGLOBULINS.
GB9019553D0 (en) * 1990-09-07 1990-10-24 Unilever Plc Specific binding agents
GB9109645D0 (en) * 1991-05-03 1991-06-26 Celltech Ltd Recombinant antibodies
GB9223084D0 (en) * 1992-11-04 1992-12-16 Imp Cancer Res Tech Compounds to target cells
JPH09503901A (en) * 1992-11-16 1997-04-22 キャンサー リサーチ ファンド オブ コントラ コスタ Peptides and antisense peptides with broad neoplastic specificity
WO1994014848A1 (en) * 1992-12-24 1994-07-07 The Regents Of The University Of California Genetically engineered immunoglobulins
WO1994014847A1 (en) * 1992-12-24 1994-07-07 The Regents Of The University Of California Genetically engineered immunoglobulins
US5476784A (en) * 1993-04-06 1995-12-19 Rice; Peter A. Gonococcal anti-idiotypic antibodies and methods and compositions using them
US5653977A (en) * 1993-09-09 1997-08-05 Uab Research Foundation Anti-idiotypic antibody that mimics the GD2 antigen
US5624904A (en) * 1993-11-17 1997-04-29 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Method for treating gram positive septicemia

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP2001526021A (en) 2001-12-18
IL136114A0 (en) 2001-05-20
AU2003252902A1 (en) 2003-11-06
EP1032420A4 (en) 2004-09-15
AU1459899A (en) 1999-06-07
IL136113A0 (en) 2001-05-20
EP1030684A1 (en) 2000-08-30
AU737457B2 (en) 2001-08-23
CA2309990A1 (en) 1999-05-27
EP1030684A4 (en) 2004-09-15
CN1327388A (en) 2001-12-19
BR9815580A (en) 2002-01-29
KR20010015817A (en) 2001-02-26
AU763029B2 (en) 2003-07-10
CA2310269A1 (en) 1999-05-27
WO1999025378A1 (en) 1999-05-27
CN1294517A (en) 2001-05-09
JP2002507544A (en) 2002-03-12
BR9815289A (en) 2001-12-26
KR20010015818A (en) 2001-02-26
AU1459799A (en) 1999-06-07
WO1999025379A1 (en) 1999-05-27
EP1032420A1 (en) 2000-09-06

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
AU763029B2 (en) Immunoglobulin molecules having a synthetic variable region and modified specificity
JP5165672B2 (en) Agonist antibody against TSHR
US6623940B1 (en) Expression vectors encoding bispecific fusion proteins and methods of producing biologically active bispecific fusion proteins in a mammalian cell
TWI600761B (en) Human antigen binding proteins that bind β-klotho, fgf receptors and complexes thereof
RU2632647C2 (en) Proteins binding specific membrane prostate antigen, and related compositions and methods
KR20200083574A (en) Molecules that bind CD137 and PSMA
US6482919B2 (en) Expression vectors encoding bispecific fusion proteins and methods of producing biologically active bispecific fusion proteins in a mammalian cell
CN111727250A (en) D-domain containing polypeptides and uses thereof
JP2021502826A5 (en)
WO2005021595A1 (en) Methods of antibody engineering using antibody display rules
JP7250766B2 (en) FCγRII-Binding Fibronectin Type III Domains, Conjugates Thereof, and Multispecific Molecules Comprising Them
AU737457C (en) Modified antibodies with enhanced ability to elicit an anti-idiotype response
MXPA00004582A (en) Immunoglobulin molecules having a synthetic variable region and modified specificity
AU753753B2 (en) Contraceptive antibody vaccines
MXPA00004581A (en) Modified antibodies with enhanced ability to elicit an anti-idiotype response
AU9340701A (en) Modified antibodies with enhanced ability to elicit an anti-idiotype response
US20230250181A1 (en) Modified checkpoint inhibitors and uses thereof
AU2015263827B2 (en) Bak binding proteins
EP4146805A2 (en) Prostate specific membrane antigen binding fibronectin type iii domains and cells comprising the same

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 136114

Country of ref document: IL

Ref document number: 98813117.X

Country of ref document: CN

AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): AL AM AT AU AZ BA BB BG BR BY CA CH CN CU CZ DE DK EE ES FI GB GD GE GH GM HR HU ID IL IS JP KE KG KP KR KZ LC LK LR LS LT LU LV MD MG MK MN MW MX NO NZ PL PT RO RU SD SE SG SI SK SL TJ TM TR TT UA UG UZ VN YU ZW

AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): GH GM KE LS MW SD SZ UG ZW AM AZ BY KG KZ MD RU TJ TM AT BE CH CY DE DK ES FI FR GB GR IE IT LU MC NL PT SE BF BJ CF CG CI CM GA GN GW ML MR NE SN TD TG

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
DFPE Request for preliminary examination filed prior to expiration of 19th month from priority date (pct application filed before 20040101)
AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: C2

Designated state(s): AL AM AT AU AZ BA BB BG BR BY CA CH CN CU CZ DE DK EE ES FI GB GD GE GH GM HR HU ID IL IS JP KE KG KP KR KZ LC LK LR LS LT LU LV MD MG MK MN MW MX NO NZ PL PT RO RU SD SE SG SI SK SL TJ TM TR TT UA UG UZ VN YU ZW

AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: C2

Designated state(s): GH GM KE LS MW SD SZ UG ZW AM AZ BY KG KZ MD RU TJ TM AT BE CH CY DE DK ES FI FR GB GR IE IT LU MC NL PT SE BF BJ CF CG CI CM GA GN GW ML MR NE SN TD TG

COP Corrected version of pamphlet

Free format text: PAGES 9, 10, 13, 14, 16-22, 37-42 AND 50-58, DESCRIPTION, REPLACED BY NEW PAGES 9, 10, 13, 14, 16-22, 37-42 AND 50-58; PAGES 82, 83, 85-90, 93 AND 95, CLAIMS, REPLACED BY NEW PAGES 82, 83, 85-90, 93 AND 95; PAGES 1/17-17/17, DRAWINGS, REPLACED BY NEW PAGES 1/15-15/15; DUE TO LATE TRANSMITTAL BY THE RECEIVING OFFICE

REG Reference to national code

Ref country code: DE

Ref legal event code: 8642

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2310269

Country of ref document: CA

Ref document number: 2310269

Country of ref document: CA

Kind code of ref document: A

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: PA/a/2000/004582

Country of ref document: MX

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2000 520811

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 1020007005264

Country of ref document: KR

Ref document number: 14597/99

Country of ref document: AU

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 1998958583

Country of ref document: EP

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 1998958583

Country of ref document: EP

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 1020007005264

Country of ref document: KR

WWG Wipo information: grant in national office

Ref document number: 14597/99

Country of ref document: AU

WWW Wipo information: withdrawn in national office

Ref document number: 1020007005264

Country of ref document: KR

WWW Wipo information: withdrawn in national office

Ref document number: 1998958583

Country of ref document: EP